<!DOCTYPE ETS PUBLIC "-//UMDLPS//DTD EEBOPROOF 2.0//EN">
<ETS>
<TEMPHEAD>
<REVDESCR>
<CHANGE>
<DATE>2013-01-23</DATE>
<RESPSTMT>
<NAME>Colm MacCrossan</NAME>
<RESP>MURP</RESP>
</RESPSTMT>
<ITEM>Proofed and reviewed.</ITEM>
</CHANGE>
</REVDESCR>
</TEMPHEAD>
<EEBO>
<IDG S="marc" R="OX" ID="A74931">
<STC T="T">E806_16</STC>
<BIBNO T="umi">99866534</BIBNO>
<VID>118810</VID>
</IDG>
<GROUP>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="1" MS="y">
<P>The Country-mans Recreation, OR THE Art of Planting, Graffing, <HI>and</HI> Gardening, in three Books. The fir&s;t declaring divers waies of Planting, and Graffing, and the be&s;t times of the Year, with divers Commodities and &s;ecrets herein, how to Set or Plant with the Root, and without the Root; to &s;ow or &s;et Pepins or Curnels, with the ordering thereof, al&s;o to clean&s;e your Grafts and Cions, to help barren and &s;ick Trees, to kill Worms and Vermin, and to pre&s;erve and keep Fruit; how to plant and proin your Vines, and to gather and pre&s;&s;e your Grape; to clean&s;e and Mo&s;&s;e your Trees, to make your Cider and Perry, with many other &s;ecret Practi&s;es which &s;hall appear in the Table following. The &s;econd treateth of the Hop-Garden, with nece&s;&s;ary In&s;tructions for the making and the maintenance thereof, as al&s;o the Scituation, quantity, charge and benefit, preparation, time to cut and &s;et, with Rules for the choice and prepa|ration of Roots, and al&s;o divers In&s;truments u&s;efull for the Hop Garden: with &s;ome directions for Tabaco. <HI>Whereunto is added,</HI> The Expert Gardener, containing divers nece&s;&s;ary and rare &s;ecrets belonging to that Art, with Directions to know the time and &s;ea&s;on to &s;ow and plant all manner of Seeds; with divers new Inventions and Garden-knots, and al&s;o pre&s;ent Remedies to de&s;troy Snailes, Canker-worms, Moths, Garden-fleas, Earth-worms, Moles, and all other Vermin, which commonly breed in Gardens: hereunto is likewi&s;e added the Art of ANGLING.</P>
<P><HI>LONDON,</HI> Printed by <HI>T. Mabb,</HI> for <HI>William Shears,</HI> and are to be &s;old at the Signe of the Bible in St. <HI>Pauls</HI> Church-Yard, near the little North door 1654.</P>
<PB REF="2">
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="preface">
<PB REF="2">
<HEAD>An Exhortation to the Planter and Graffer.</HEAD>
<P>_REgard alwayes, before ye doe intend to plant or graffe, it &s;hall be meet to have good experience in things meet for this Art, as in knowing the natures of all fruits, and differences of Climates, which be contrary in e|very Land: al&s;o to under&s;tand the Ea&s;t and We&s;t windes, with A&s;pects and Stars, to the end ye may begin nothing that the Winde or Raine may oppre&s;&s;e, that your labour be not lo&s;t, and to marke al&s;o and con&s;ider the di&s;po&s;itions of the Ele|ments that pre&s;ent year; for all years be not of like operation, nor yet after one &s;ort; the Summer and Winter doe not bear one face on the Earth, nor the Spring time alwayes rain, or Autumn alwaies moi&s;t: of this none have under&s;tanding, without a good and lively marking &s;pirit; few or none without learning may di&s;cern of the varieties and qualities of the earth, and what he doth aske or refu&s;e. Therefore it &s;hall be good to have under&s;tanding of the Ground, where ye doe plant either Orchard or Garden with fruit, fir&s;t it behoveth to make a &s;ure Defence, to the end that not onely rude Per&s;ons and Children may be kept out, but all kinde of hurtfull Cattle endamaging your Plants or Trees, as Oxen, Kine, Calves, Hor&s;es, Hogs, and Sheep, as the rub|bing of &s;heep doth greatly burn the &s;ap, and often doth kill young Trees and Plants, and where they are broken or brui&s;ed with Cat|tell, it is doubtfull to grow after. It &s;hall be good al&s;o to Set, Plant, or Graffe Trees all of like nature and &s;trength together, that the great and high Trees may not overcome the low and weake, for when they be not like of height, they grow not ripe, nor your fruit &s;o well at one time, but the one before the other. That earth which is good for Vines, is good al&s;o for other fruit.</P>
<P>Ye mu&s;t dig your holes a yeare before ye Plant, that the earth may be the better &s;ea&s;oned, mortified and wax t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nder, both by Rain in Winter, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eat in Summer, that thereby your Plants may take root the &s;ooner, if ye will make your holes, and plant both in a year: at the le&s;t ye ought to make yo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r holes two moneths before ye plant, and as &s;oon as they be made, then it &s;hall be good to burn &s;traw or &s;uch like therein, to make the
<PB REF="3"> ground warm. The further ye make them a&s;under, the better your trees &s;hall bear. Make your holes like unto a furnace, that is, more &s;traight in the mouth then beneath, whereby the roots may have the more room, and by &s;traightne&s;&s;e of the mouth, the le&s;&s;e rain or cold &s;hall enter by in Winter, and &s;o le&s;&s;e heat to the root in Summer.</P>
<P>Look al&s;o that the earth ye put to the roots, be neither wet nor la<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d in water: they doe commonly leave a good &s;pace betwixt every tree for the hanging boughes, for being nigh together, ye cannot &s;et roots, nor &s;ow nothing &s;o well under your trees, nor they wil not bear fruit &s;o wel. S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">me leave forty foot, &s;ome thirty between every Tree: your Plants ought to be greater than the handle of a &s;hovel, &amp; the le&s;&s;er the better. See they be &s;traight without knots or knobs, having a long &s;traight grain o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> bark, which &s;hall the &s;ooner be apt to take Graffes, and when ye &s;et branches or boughes of old trees, choo&s;e the &s;traighte&s;t branch thereof, and tho&s;e Trees which have born yearly good fruit before, take of tho&s;e which be on the Sunny &s;ide, &s;ooner than tho&s;e that grow in the cover or &s;hadow; and when ye take up or alter your Plants, ye &s;hall note to what your plant is &s;ubject, and &s;o let them be &s;et again, but tho&s;e which have grown in dry grounds, let them be &s;et in moi&s;t grounds, your Plants ought to be cut of three foot long. If ye will &s;et two or three Plants to|gether in a hole, ye mu&s;t take heed the root of one touch not another, for then the one will peri&s;h and rot the other, or dye by Worms or other Vermen, and when you have placed your Plants in the earth, it &s;hall be good to &s;trike down to the bottome of every hole, two &s;hort &s;takes as great as your arm, on either &s;ide your hole one, and let them appear but a little above the earth, that ye may thereby in Summer give water un|to the roots if need be. Your young Plants and rooted Trees are commonly &s;et in Autumne, from the fir&s;t unto the fifteenth of <HI>October,</HI> yet &s;ome think it better after <HI>Alhallontide</HI> untill <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> than in the Spring, becau&s;e the earth will die too &s;oon after, and al&s;o to &s;et Plants without root after <HI>Michaelma&s;&s;e,</HI> that they may be the better mollified and gather root again&s;t the Spring, whereof ye &s;hall finde hereafter more at large. Thus much have I thought meet to declare unto the Planters, Graffers, and Gardeners, whereby they may the better a|void the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">cca&s;ions and dangers of Planting, Graffing, and Gardening, which may come often times through ignorance.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="table of contents">
<PB REF="3">
<HEAD>A Table of all the principall things contained in this Book.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the &s;even Chapters following.</HEAD>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. I. <HI>Treateth of the &s;etting of Curnels, of Apple Treees, Plum Trees, Pear Trees, and Service Trees.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>HOw to choo&s;e your Pepins at the fir&s;t pre&s;&s;ing.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Means to u&s;e the Earth to &s;ow your Pepins on.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Seeing unto the Poultry for marring your beds, and how to weed or clean&s;e your beds or quarters.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Wilde Cions how to pluck them up.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. II. <HI>Treateth how to &s;et your wilde Trees which come of Pepins, when they be fir&s;t pluckt up.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>WIlde Trees that come of Pepins how to dung them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Principall Roots how to cut them in &s;etting again.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Young Trees, how to &s;et them in rank.</ITEM>
<PB REF="4">
<ITEM> Spaces from one rank to another, and how to mak<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Plants being dry, how to water them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Removing your trees, how to plant them again.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Removing, how to know the fitte&s;t time for it.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Negligence and forgetfulne&s;&s;e, and the hurt of it.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Not &s;o good to graffe the Service-tree, as to &s;et him.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Some trees without Graffing have good fruit, and o|thers being graffed, have but evill fruit.</ITEM>
<ITEM>For to augment and multiply your trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The manner to change the fruit of the Pepin-tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to make good Cyder.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To make an Orchard in few years.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. III. <HI>Is of &s;etting of Trees which come of Nuts.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>HOw to &s;et trees that doe come of Nuts, and the time to plant or &s;et them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et them in the Spring.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dunging and deep digging thereof.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stones and Nuts like the Trees they come of.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Planting the &s;aid Nuts.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Why fruit &s;hall not have &s;o good favour.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et the Pine Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et Cherry Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Trees of ba&s;tard or wilde Nuts.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et Filberds and Ha&s;ell wands.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et Dam&s;ons and Plum Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To graffe Cions of Plums or the like.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et all &s;orts of Cherry Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to order Plum Trees and Cherry Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to graffe Plum Trees and Cherry Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to proyn or cut Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to clean&s;e and dre&s;&s;e the roots of Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To keep the &s;tock being greater than the graffes.</ITEM>
<PB REF="4">
<ITEM> The remedy when a bough is broken.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to enlarge the hole about the roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et &s;mall &s;taves to &s;tay your Cions.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What Tree to proine.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Why the &s;ower Cherry dureth not &s;o long as the great Helme Cherry.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To graffe one great Cherry with another.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of deep &s;etting or &s;hallow.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. IV. <HI>Sheweth how to &s;et other Trees of great Cions prickt in the earth without Roots, with the proyning of le&s;&s;er Cions.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>BRanches being prickt giving roots to Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to &s;et them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to bind them that be weak.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to digge the Earth to &s;et them in.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cions without Roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Planting of the Fig Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting of Quinces.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting of Mulberry Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cutting time for Cions.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting Bu&s;h Trees, as Goo&s;eberries and &s;mall Rei&s;ons.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Note thereof.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. V. <HI>Treateth of foure manner of Graffings.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>DIvers wayes of Graffing.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing of all &s;orts of Trees.</ITEM>
<PB REF="5">
<ITEM> Graffing of Apple trees, Pear trees, Quince trees, and Medlar trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing of great Cherries.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing Medlars on other Medlars.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Divers kindes of Graffes on one tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing of the Fig tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing the great Apricocks.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing the Service tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting the Service tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Trees hard to graffe in the Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to &s;ee to Trees charged with fruit.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cho<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;ing of trees to choo&s;e your Cions in.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cions on the <HI>Ea&s;t</HI> part are be&s;t.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Choo&s;ing of your tree for Graffes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To keep Graffes a long time.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To keep Graffes ere they bud.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How you ought to begin to graffe.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When is good Graffing the wilde Stocks.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To mark if the tree be forward or not.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When'ye Graffe, what to be furni&s;hed withal</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Graffes not pro&s;pering the fir&s;t year.</ITEM>
<ITEM>For to Graffe well and &s;ure.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to trim your Graffes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to cut Graffe for Cherries and Plums.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Note of your inci&s;ion.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To be heedfull in graffing lea&s;t you rai&s;eth</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to cut your &s;tock.</ITEM>
<ITEM>If your wilde &s;tock be great or &s;lender.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Trees as great as a mans Arm.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Great trees as big as ones Leg.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The Graffes being pinched in the Stocks.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How you ought to cleave your &s;tocks.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To graffe the branches of great trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to cut great old branches.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to bind your Graffs again&s;t winds.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et many Graffes in one cleft.</ITEM>
<PB REF="5">
<ITEM> To &s;aw your &s;tock before you leave him.</ITEM>
<ITEM>If the &s;tock cleave too much, or the bark open.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How Graffes never lightly take.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to &s;et Graffes right in the &s;tock.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting in of the graffes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A note of the &s;ame.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to draw forth the wedge.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to cover your clifts on the head.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How ye ought to &s;ee well to the clo&s;e binding up of your Graffes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How ye ought to temper your clay.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to bu&s;h your graffe-heads.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;econd &s;tay to graffe high Branches.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The third manner of Graffing, is betwixt the bark and the Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dre&s;&s;ing t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e head, to place your Graffes betwixt the bark and the Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Covering the head of your &s;tock.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The manner of graffing in the Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To graffe in &s;ummer, &s;o long as the trees be leaved</ITEM>
<ITEM>Big Cions are be&s;t to graffe.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manner to take off the Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>If your Scutchion or Shield be good or bad, how to know it.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing on young Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting or placing your Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Note on the &s;ame.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rai&s;ing up the bark to &s;et the Shield on.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Binding on your Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A tree will bear the graffing of two or three Shields</ITEM>
<ITEM>Unbinding time for your Shield.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cutting the Branches grafted on Trees.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<PB REF="6">
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. VI. <HI>Is of tran&s;planting or altering the Trees.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>BE&s;t to tran&s;plant or &s;et them timely.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To plant or &s;et towards the South.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cutting the Branches before ye &s;et.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Apple-trees commonly mu&s;t be disbranched be|fore ye &s;et them again.</ITEM>
<ITEM>All wilde &s;tocks mu&s;t be disbranched.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What Trees do love the Sun, &amp; what the cold aire.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Many &s;orts and manner of Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Planting or &s;etting Trees at large.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Right ordering your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The be&s;t manner to enlarge the holes when you plant your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dung and good Earth for your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>If Worms be in the earth at your roots of Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Digging the Earth well about the roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nature of the places.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Goodne&s;&s;e of the Earth.</ITEM>
<ITEM>With what ye ought to bind the trees.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. VII. <HI>Is of Medicining and keeping the Trees, when they are Planted &amp; Set.</HI></HEAD>
<ITEM>FIr&s;t our coun&s;el is, when your Trees are but Plants (in dry weather) they mu&s;t be watered.</ITEM>
<ITEM>With what Dung ye ought to dung your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When ye ought in Summer to uncover your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When to cut or proin your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cutting off great Branches, and when.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Leaving great Branches cut.</ITEM>
<PB REF="6">
<ITEM> Great Branches, and of the Trees that bear them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Barrenne&s;&s;e of Trees, of cutting ill branches, and uncovering the roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Which Trees ye mu&s;t break, or pluck up the roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What doth make a good Nut.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cattle eating and de&s;troying trees, how to graft them again.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Wilde &s;tocks ought not ha&s;tily to be removed.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When to cut naughty Cions from the head.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sometime how to cut the principall members.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to guide and govern the &s;aid Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A kinde of Sickne&s;&s;e in Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Worms in the barks of Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Snails, Ants, and Worms that marre trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to take tho&s;e &s;trange creeping Worms.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Keeping Antes from the Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Note of ill ayres and weathers.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Defenc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> from the Caterpiller.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>Here followeth the Table of Graffing, &s;trange and &s;ubtile wayes in u&s;ing of Fruits and Trees.</HEAD>
<ITEM>GRaffing one Vine upon another.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To help a Tree long without fruit.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Peaches two months afore others.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Dam&s;ons unto <HI>Alhallontide.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Medlers, Cherries, and Peaches, in eating to ta&s;te like &s;pice.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to make a Mu&s;cadell ta&s;te.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Apples and Pears to come without blo&s;&s;oming.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Apples and Che&s;nuts rath, and long on the Trees to remain.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have good Cherries unto <HI>Alhallontide.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>To have rath Medlers two moneths before others.</ITEM>
<PB REF="7">
<ITEM> To have Pears timely.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have Mi&s;plers and Medlers without &s;tones.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to have other pears betimes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mulberries how to ripen them very &s;oon and dure long.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Keeping of pears a year.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To have fruit ta&s;t half an Apple and half a pear.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing time.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing the Quine Apple.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A way to de&s;troy Pi&s;mires or Ants about the Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Another way of the &s;ame.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nuts, Plums and Almonds how to have them grea|ter and fairer than others.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to make an Oke or other Tree as green in Winter as in Summer.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Planting with roots and without roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Keeping fruit from the fro&s;t.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Choice dayes to plant and graffe.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Green Ro&s;es all the year.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rai&s;ins or Grapes good an whole year.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Laxative fruit from the tree, how to make it.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A note for all planters and graffers.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>Here followeth a Table of certain Dutch practi&s;es.</HEAD>
<ITEM>TO Graffe one Vine upon another.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cho&s;en dayes to Graffe in, and to choo&s;e Cions.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to gather your Cions.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Worms in the Trees or fruit.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;etting of &s;tones and the ordering thereof.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to gather Gum of any tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To &s;et a whole Apple.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;etting of Almonds.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The watering of Pepins.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To plant or &s;et Vines.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To plant or &s;et the Cherry tree.</ITEM>
<PB REF="7">
<ITEM> To keep Cherries good a year.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Remedy again&s;t Pi&s;mires or Ants.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;etting of Che&s;nuts.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To make all &s;tone-fruit ta&s;t as ye &s;hall devi&s;e good.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The graffing of the Medlar or Mi&s;ple.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The bearing of fruit of the Fig-tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The planting of the Mulberry and Fig-tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The tree that beareth bitter fruit.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To help barren Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Another way for the &s;ame.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To keep fruit after they be gathered.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The Mulberry-tree liking his earth.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Mo&s;&s;e on your Trees.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To keep Nuts long.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To cut or proyn the Peach-tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To colour Peach-&s;tones.</ITEM>
<ITEM>If Peaches be troubled with Worms.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Peaches without &s;tones.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Another way for the &s;ame.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to help trees that do not pro&s;per.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing Apples to la&s;t on the tree till <HI>Alhallontide.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Making Cherries and Peaches &s;mell like &s;pice.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing an Apple-tree half &s;weet, half &s;ower,</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graffing the Ro&s;e on the Holly-tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Keeping of Plums.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Altering of Pears.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Making of Cyder and Perry.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to help frozen Apples.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to make Apples fall from the Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Watering trees in Summer, if they wax dry about the root.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to cheri&s;h Apples.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to make an Apple grow in a Gla&s;&s;e.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to Graffe many &s;orts of Apples on one Tree.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to colour Apples of what colour ye li&s;t.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to graffe and have Apples without Core.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting of Vine-plants.</ITEM>
<PB REF="8">
<ITEM> How to proyn or cut a Vine in Winter.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Grape and Vine how to order them.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to have Grapes without &s;tones.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Making a Vine to bring a Grape to t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;te like Claret.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gathering of your Grapes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to know if your Grapes be ripe enough.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to prove or ta&s;te Wine.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting, planting and ordering of Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to choo&s;e your Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to &s;ow the &s;eeds.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Setting your Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to proine your Hop.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to gather your Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What Poles are be&s;t for your purpo&s;e.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How to order and dre&s;&s;e your hills.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The be&s;t ground for your Hops.]</ITEM>
<ITEM>A note of all the re&s;t above&s;aid.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Packing and keeping your Hops.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LG>
<HEAD>The Authors Conclu&s;ion of this Table.</HEAD>
<L>TO God be prai&s;e on high </L>
<L>in all our wordly Planting,</L>
<L>And let us thank the Romanes al&s;o, </L>
<L>for the Art of Graffing and Gardening.</L>
</LG>
<PB REF="8">
<LIST>
<HEAD>A Table for the Hop-Garden.</HEAD>
<ITEM>A Perfect Platform of a Hop-Garden.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of unapt Ground, and apt for Hops</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the &s;cituation.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the quantity.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A proportion of the charge and benefit of a Hop-Garden.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the preparation of a Hop-Garden.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The time to &s;et and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ut Hop-roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rules for the choice and preparation of roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the good Hop.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the unkindly Hop.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the wild Hop.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of &s;etting of Hop-roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The di&s;tance of the hills.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A De&s;cription of the Line.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Abu&s;es and di&s;orders in &s;etting.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Provi&s;ion again<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> annoyance and &s;poil of your Garden.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the erection of Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of ramming of Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of reparation of Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of pulling up Poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The way to make the In&s;trument wherewith to pull up the Hop-poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The manner of pulling up the Hop-poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the pre&s;ervation of poles.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of tying of Hops to the poles.</ITEM>
<PB REF="9">
<ITEM> Of hilling and hils.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Abu&s;es in hilling.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the gathering of Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What there is to be done in Winter herein.</ITEM>
<ITEM>When and where to lay Dung.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The order of cutting Hoppe Roots.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of divers mens follies.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of di&s;orders and maintainers thereof.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of an O&s;te.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the &s;everall rooms for an O&s;te.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the Furnace or Keele.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the bed or upper floore of the O&s;te, whereon the Hoppes mu&s;t be dryed.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The orderly drying of Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Other manner of Dryings not &s;o good.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The very wor&s;t way of drying Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of not Drying.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the packing of Hops.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The reformation of a garden of wild Hops</ITEM>
<ITEM>The Reformation of a di&s;ordered Garden.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Needle&s;s curio&s;ities u&s;ed by the unskilfull.</ITEM>
</LIST>
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="text">
<PB N="1" REF="9">
<HEAD>THE COVNTRY-MANS Recreation, or the Art of Plan|ting, Graffing, and Gardening.</HEAD>
<DIV2 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. I. <HI>This Chapter treateth of the &s;etting of Curnels, young Plum-trees, And Pear-trees, of Dam&s;ons, and Service-trees.</HI></HEAD>
<P>_FOR to make young trees of the Pepins of Ap|ples, Pears, Plums, and Service. Fir&s;t, yee mu&s;t prepare and make a great bed or quarter well repleni&s;hed, blended or mixt with good fat earth, and placed well in the Sun, and to be well labored and digged a good time before you do occupy it: and if you can by any means, let it be dig|ged very deep the winter before, in blending or mixting it well together with good fat earth, or el&s;e to be mixed almo&s;t the half with good dung: and &s;o let it rot and ripe together with the earth. And &s;ee alwayes that plot be clean unto the pre&s;&s;ing of Syder, that no wild Cions or Plants do &s;pring or grow thereon. Then in the moneth of <HI>September, Decem|ber,</HI> or there abouts, take of the Pepins, or Pomes of the &s;aid fruit at the fir&s;t pre&s;&s;ing out of your licour, before the Curnels be marred or brui&s;ed: then take out of them and rub a few at once in a cloth, and dry them betwixt your hands, and take &s;o many thereof, as you &s;hall think good: then make your bed &s;quare, fair and plain,
<PB N="2" REF="10"> and &s;ow your &s;eeds thereon, then take and cover them with a rake lightly, or with earth, not putting too much upon them. This done, devide your beds into quadrants or &s;quares, of foure foot broad or thereabout, that when ye li&s;t ye may clen&s;e them from the one &s;ide to the other, without treading thereon. Then &s;hall ye cover your Seeds, or Pepins with fine earth, &s;o &s;i&s;ting all over them, that then they may take the deeper and &s;urer root, and will keep them the better in Winter following, and if ye li&s;t ye may rake them a little all over, &s;o that ye rai&s;e not your P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">pins above the earth.</P>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Another way, how one may take the Pepins at the fir&s;t comming of the licour or pre&s;&s;ing.</HEAD>
<P>WHich is, ye &s;hall choo&s;e the greate&s;t and faire&s;t Curnels or Pepins, and take them forth at the fir&s;t brui&s;ing of your fruit, then dry them with a cloth, and keep them all the winter untill St. <HI>Andrews</HI> tide: then a little after &s;ow them in good earth, as thin as you doe Pea&s;on, and then rake them over as the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to u&s;e his earth to &s;ow Pepins without dunging.</HEAD>
<P>BUt in this manner of doing (in the Spring) it is not &s;o great need for to rai&s;e or digge the earth &s;o deep as that which is dunged in winter: but to devide your quarters, in covering your Pepins not &s;o much with earth, as tho&s;e which be &s;own with good dung, but when ye have &s;own them, a little rake all them over.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to take heed of Poultrey for &s;craping of your beddes or quarters.</HEAD>
<P>AS &s;oon after as your Pepins be &s;own upon your beds or quarters, let this be done one way or other, that is, take good heed that your Hennes do not &s;crape your beds or quarters: therefore &s;tick them all over light and thin with boughes, or thrones, and take good heed al&s;o to Swine, and other Cattell.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="3" REF="10">
<HEAD>How to weed or clean&s;e your Beds and quarters.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when the Winter is pa&s;t and gone, and that ye &s;ee your pepins ri&s;e and grow, &s;o let them increa&s;e the &s;pace of one year, but &s;ee to clean&s;e weeds, or other things which may hurt them as you &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e. And in the Summer when it &s;hall waxe dry, water them well in the Evenings.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to pluck up the wilde Cions.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when the&s;e wilde Cions &s;hall be great, as of the growth of one year, ye mu&s;t then pluck them up all in winter following, before they doe begin to &s;pring again. Then &s;hall ye &s;et them and make of them a wild Orchard as followeth.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. II. <HI>Treateth how one &s;hall &s;et again the &s;mall wilde Trees, which come of Pepins, when they be fir&s;t pluckt up.</HI></HEAD>
<P>FOr the Ba&s;tard or little wilde Trees incontinent a&s;&s;oon as they be pluckt up, ye mu&s;t have of other good earth well trimmed and dunged, and to be well in the Sunne, and well prepared and dre&s;t, as it is &s;aid in the other part before of the Pepins.</P>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to dung your Ba&s;tard or wilde young Trees which come of Pepins.</HEAD>
<P>ABout Advent before <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> ye mu&s;t digge and dung well the place whereas ye will &s;et them, and make your &s;quare of earth even and plain, &s;o large as ye &s;hal think good, then &s;et your wilde trees &s;o farre one from another as yee think meet to be graft, &s;o that they may be &s;et in even ranks and in good order, that when need &s;hall require, ye may re|move or renue any of them, or any part thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="4" REF="11">
<HEAD>How ye ought in replanting or &s;etting to cut off in the midde&s;t, the principall great roots.</HEAD>
<P>IN what part &s;oever yee doe &s;et any Trees, yee mu&s;t cut off the great ma&s;ter root, within a foot of the &s;tock, and all other big roots, &s;o that ye leave a foot long thereof, and &s;o let them be &s;et, and make your ranks cro&s;&s;e-wi&s;e one from another half a foot, or thereabouts, and ye mu&s;t al&s;o &s;ee that there be of good dung more deep and lower than ye doe &s;et your Trees, to comfort the &s;aid roots withall.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How you ought to &s;et your Trees in rank.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall leave between your ranks, from one rank to an|other, one foot, or thereabouts, &s;o that yee may &s;et them with good fat earth all over the roots.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to make the &s;pace from one rank to another.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall leave between your ranks, from one rank to an|other, one foot, or thereabouts, &s;o that ye may pa&s;&s;e between every rank, for to clean&s;e them if need require, and al&s;o to graffe any part or parcell thereof when time &s;hall be meet. But yee mu&s;t note, in making thus your ranks, ye &s;hall make as many allies as ranks. And if ye think it not good to make as many allies, then divide tho&s;e into quarters of five foot broad, or thereabouts, and make and &s;et four ranks (in each quarter of the &s;ame) one foot from ano|ther as ye u&s;e to &s;et great Cabbage, and a&s;&s;oon after as ye have &s;et them in ranks and in good order, as is afore&s;aid, then &s;hal ye cut off all the &s;ets even by the ground. But in this doing, &s;ee that ye do not pluck up or loo&s;e the earth that is about them: or if you will, ye may cut them before ye doe &s;et them in ranks. If ye do &s;o, &s;ee that yee &s;et them in &s;uch good or|der, and even with the earth, as is afore&s;aid. And it &s;hal &s;uffice al&s;o to make your ranks as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e. And look that ye furni&s;h the earth all over with good dung, without ming|ling of it in the earth, nor yet to cover the &s;aid Plants with|all, but &s;trowed betwixt; and ye mu&s;t al&s;o look well to the
<PB N="5" REF="11"> clean&s;ing of weeds, gra&s;&s;e, or other &s;uch things which, will be a hurt to the growth of the Plants.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to water plants when they wax dry.</HEAD>
<P>IT &s;hall be good to water them when the time is dry: in the fir&s;t Year. Then when they have put forth of new Ci|ons, leave no more growing but that Cion which is the principall and faire&s;t, upon every &s;tock one: all the other cut off hard by the &s;tock, and ever as they do grow &s;mall twigs about the &s;tock, ye &s;hall (in the Moneth of <HI>March</HI> and <HI>Aprill)</HI> cut them all off hard by the &s;tock. And if ye then &s;tick by every Plant a pretty wand, and &s;o bind them with Willow bark, Bryer, or Ofiers, it &s;hall profit them much in their groweth. Th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n after five or &s;ix years groweth, when they be &s;o big as your finger, or thereabouts, ye may then remove any of them whereas ye will have them grow and remain.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to remove Trees, and to plant them again.</HEAD>
<P>THe manner how ye ought to remove trees, is &s;hewed in the &s;ixt Chapter following: then about two or three years after their removing, ye &s;hall graffe them, for then they will be the better rooted. As for the others, which ye leave &s;till in ranks, ye may al&s;o graffe them whereas they &s;tand, as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e good. When ye have plucked up the faire&s;t to plant in either places (as is afore&s;aid) al&s;o the manner how to graffe them, is &s;hewd in the fift Chapter following. But af|ter they &s;hall be &s;o graft, in what place &s;oever it be, ye &s;hall not remove or &s;et them in other places again, untill the Graffes be well clo&s;ed upon the head of the wild &s;tock.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When the be&s;t time is to replant, or remove.</HEAD>
<P>WHen the head of the &s;tock &s;hall be all over clo&s;ed about the graffs, then ye may, when ye wi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">l, tran&s;|plant and remove them (at a due time) where they &s;hall con|tinue,
<PB N="6" REF="12"> For with often removing, ye &s;hall do them great hurt in their roots, and be in danger to make them dye.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of negligence and forgetfulne&s;&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>IF peradventure ye forget (through negligence) and have let &s;mall Cions two or three years grow about the roots of your &s;tocks unplucked up, then if you have &s;o done, ye may well pluck them up and &s;et them in ranks as the o|ther of the Pepins. But ye mu&s;t &s;et the ranks more larger that they may be removed without hurting of each others roots: and cut off all the &s;mall twigges about as need &s;hall require, though they be &s;et or graffed. Order them al&s;o in all things as tho&s;e &s;mall Cions of a years growth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>It is not &s;o convenient to Graffe the Service Tree as to &s;et</HEAD>
<P>WHereas ye &s;hall &s;ee young Service Trees, it &s;hall be mo&s;t profit in &s;etting them, for if ye do graffe them, I believe ye &s;hall win nothing thereby.</P>
<P>The be&s;t is onely to pluck up the young Ba&s;tard Trees when they are as great as a good walking-&s;taffe: then proin or cut off their branches and carry th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">m to &s;et whereas they may be no more removed, and they &s;hall profit more in &s;et|ting then in graffing.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Some Trees without graffing bring forth good fruit, and &s;ome other being graffed be better to make Syder of.</HEAD>
<P>IT is here to be marked, that though the Pepins be &s;own of the Pomes of Peares and good Apples, yet ye &s;hall find that &s;ome of them do love the tree whereof they came, and tho&s;e be right, which have al&s;o a &s;mooth bark and as fair as tho&s;e which be graffed: the which if ye plant or &s;et them thus growing from the ma&s;ter-root without graffing, they &s;hall bring as good fruit, even like unto the P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">pin whereof he fir&s;t came. But there be other new &s;orts commonly good to eat, which be as good to make Syder of, as tho&s;e which &s;hall be graffed for that purpo&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="7" REF="12">
<HEAD>When you li&s;t to augment and multiply your Trees.</HEAD>
<P>AFter this &s;ort ye may multiply them, being of divers &s;orts and diver&s;ities, as of Pears or Apples, or &s;uch like. Notwith&s;tanding, when&s;oever ye &s;hall finde a good Tree thus come of the Pepin, as is afore&s;aid, &s;o &s;hall ye u&s;e him. But if ye will augment trees of them&s;elves, ye mu&s;t take Graffes, and &s;o graffe them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the manner and changing of the fruit of the Pepin-tree.</HEAD>
<P>WHen&s;oever ye do replant or change your Pepin trees from place to place, in &s;o removing often the &s;tock, the fruit thereof &s;hall al&s;o change; but fruit which doth come of graffing, doth alwayes keep the form and nature of the Tree whereof he is taken: for as I have &s;aid, as often as the Pepin trees be removed to a b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">tter ground, the fruit thereof &s;hall be &s;o much amended.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to make good Syder.</HEAD>
<P>HEre is to be noted, if ye will make good Syder of what fruit &s;oever it be, bearing Pears or Apples, but &s;pecially of good Apples, and wild fruit, have alwayes a re|gard unto the ryping thereof, &s;o gathered dry, then put them in dry places, on boards in heaps, covered with dry &s;traw, and when&s;oever ye will make Syder thereof, choo&s;e out all tho&s;e which are black brui&s;ed, and rotten Apples, and throw them away, then take and u&s;e the re&s;t for Syder: But here to give you under&s;tanding, do not as they do in the Countrey of <HI>Mentz,</HI> which do put their fruit gathered, into the mid|de&s;t of their Garden, in the rain and mi&s;lings, upon the bare earth, which will make them to lo&s;e their force and vertue, and doth make them al&s;o withered rough, and lightly a man &s;hall never make good Syder that &s;hall never come to any purpo&s;e or good profit thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To make an Orchard in few Years.</HEAD>
<P>SOme do take young &s;traight &s;lippes, which do grow from the roots, or of the &s;ides of the Apple Trees, about
<PB N="8" REF="13"> <HI>Michaelma&s;&s;e,</HI> and do &s;o plant or &s;et them (with Otes) in good ground, whereas they &s;hall not be removed, and &s;o graffe (be|ing well rooted) thereon. Other&s;ome do take and &s;et them in the Spring time, after <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> in like wi&s;e, and doe graffe thereon when they be well rooted: and both do &s;pring well. And this manner of way is counted to have an Orchard the &s;oone&s;t. But the&s;e Trees will not endure pa&s;t twenty or thirty years.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. III. <HI>Is of &s;etting Trees of Nutts.</HI></HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to &s;et Trees which come of Nutts.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to &s;et trees which come of Nutts: when ye have eaten the fruit, look that ye keep the Stones and Cur|nels thereof, then let them be dryed in the wind, with|out the vehemency of the Sun, to re&s;erve them in a box, and u&s;e them as before.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the time when yee ought to Plant or Set them.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall plant or &s;et them in the beginning of Winter, or before Michaelma&s;s, whereby they may the &s;ooner &s;pring out of the earth. But this manner of &s;etting is dangerous: for the Winter then comming in, and they being young and ten|der in comming up, the cold will kill them. Therefore it &s;hal be be&s;t to &s;tay and re&s;erve them till after winter. And then before yee doe &s;et them, yee &s;hall &s;oke or &s;teep them in Milk, or in Milk and water, &s;o long till they doe &s;tink therein: then &s;hall ye dry them, and &s;et them in good earth, in the change or increa&s;e of the Moone, with the &s;mall end up|wards, foure fingers deep, then put &s;ome &s;tick thereby to mark the place.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to &s;et them in the Spring time.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye will plant or &s;et your Nuts in the Spring time, where ye will have them &s;till to remain, and not to be
<PB N="9" REF="13"> removed, the be&s;t and mo&s;t ea&s;ie way is, to &s;et in every &s;uch place (as ye think good) three or four Nuts nigh to|gether, and when they do all &s;pring up leave none &s;tanding but the faire&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Dunging and deep digging thereof.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o whereas ye &s;hall think good, ye may plant or &s;et all your Nuts in one &s;quare or quarter together in good earth and dung, in &s;uch place and time as they u&s;e to plant. But &s;ee that it be wel dunged, and al&s;o digged good and deep and to be well medled with good dung throughout, then &s;et your Nuts three fingers deep in the earth, and half a foot one from another: ye &s;hall water them often in the Sum|mer, when there is dry weather, and &s;ee to weed them, and dig it as ye &s;hall &s;ee need.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Nuts and Stones, like to the Trees they came of</HEAD>
<P>IT is here to be noted, that certain kind of Nuts and Cur|nels which do love the Trees whereof the fruit is like unto the Tree they came of, when they be planted in good ground, and &s;et well in the Sun, which be the Walnuts, Che&s;nuts, all kind of Peaches, Figges, Almonds, and Apri|cocks, all the&s;e do love the Trees they came of.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Planting the &s;aid Nuts in good earth, and in the Sun.</HEAD>
<P>ALL the &s;aid Trees do bring as good fruit of the &s;aid Nuts, if they be well planted and &s;et in good earth, and well in the Sun; as the fruit and Trees they fir&s;t came of.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Why fruits &s;hall not have &s;o good &s;avour.</HEAD>
<P>FOr if ye plant good Nuts, good Peaches, or Figs in a garden full of &s;hadow, the which hath afore loved the Sun as the Vine doth, for lack thereof their fruit &s;hall not have &s;o good &s;avor, although it be all of one fruit: &amp; likewi&s;e &s;o it is with all other fruit and trees, for the goodnes of the
<PB N="10" REF="14"> earth, and the fair Sun doth pre&s;erve them much.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to &s;et the Pine Trees.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to &s;et the Pine-tree, ye mu&s;t &s;et or plant them of Nuts in <HI>March,</HI> or about the &s;hoot of the &s;appe, not lightly after, ye mu&s;t al&s;o &s;et them where th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y may not be removed after in holes well digged, and well dunged, not to be tran&s;planted or removed again, for very hardly they will &s;hoot forth Ci<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ns, being removed, &s;pecially if ye hurt the ma&s;ter root thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to &s;et Cherry-Trees.</HEAD>
<P>For to &s;et &s;owre Cherries, which do grow commonly in gardens, ye &s;hal under&s;tand they may well grow of &s;tones, but better it &s;hall be to take off the &s;mall Cions which do come from the great roots: then plant them, and &s;ooner &s;hall they grow then the &s;tones, and tho&s;e Cions mu&s;t be &s;et when they are &s;m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ll, young and tender: as of two, or three years growth, for when they are great they profit not &s;o wel and when ye &s;et them, ye mu&s;t &s;ee to cut off all the boughs.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees of ba&s;tard and wild Nuts.</HEAD>
<P>THere be other &s;orts of Nuts, although they be well &s;et in good ground, and al&s;o in the Sun, yet will they not bring half &s;o good fruit as the other, nor commonly like unto tho&s;e Nuts they came of, but to be a ba&s;tard wild &s;owr fruit, which is Filberd, &s;mall Nuts, of Plums of Cherries, and the great Apricocks; therefore if ye will have them good fruit, ye mu&s;t &s;et them in manner and form following.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;et Filberd or Ha&s;el-trees.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to &s;et Filberds or Ha&s;els, and to have them good, take the &s;mall wands that grow out from the root of the Fil|bird or Ha&s;el-tree (with &s;hort hairy wings) and &s;et them, and they &s;hall bring as good fruit as the Tree they came of: it &s;hall not be needful to proin or cut off the branches there|of when ye &s;et them, if they be not great, but tho&s;e that ye
<PB N="11" REF="14"> do &s;et, let them be but of two or three years growth, and if ye &s;hall &s;ee tho&s;e Cions, which ye have planted, not to be fair and good, or do grow and pro&s;per not well, then in the Spring time cut them hard off by the root, that other &s;mall Cions may grow there off.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To &s;et Dam&s;ons or Plum trees.</HEAD>
<P>IN &s;etting Dam&s;ons or Plum-trees, which fruit ye would have like to the Trees they came of: if the &s;aid Trees be not grafted before, ye &s;hall take onely the Cions that grow from the root of the old &s;tock, which groweth with &s;mall twigs, and plant or &s;et them: and their fruit &s;hall be like unto the Trees they were taken of.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To take Plum Graffes, and graffe them on other Plum-trees</HEAD>
<P>ANd if your Plum-trees be graffed already, and have the like fruit that you de&s;ire, ye may take your graffes there|of, and Graffe them on your Plum-trees, and the fruit that &s;hall come thereof, &s;hall be as good as the fruit of the Cion, which is taken from the root, becau&s;e they are much of like effect.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To &s;et all &s;orts of Cherries.</HEAD>
<P>TO &s;et all &s;orts of great Cherries, and others: ye mu&s;t have the graffes of the &s;ame Trees, and graffe them on other Cherrie trees, although they be of &s;owre fruit, and when they are &s;o graffed, they will be as good as the fruit of the Tree whereof the graffe was taken, for the &s;tones are good, but to &s;et to make wild Cions, or Plants to graffe on.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The manner how one may order both Plum-trees, and Cherrie-trees.</HEAD>
<P>FOr &s;omuch as the&s;e are two kind of Trees, that is, to under&s;tand, the Cherry and the Plum-tree, for when they be &s;o graffed, their Roots be not &s;o good, nor &s;o free as the Branches above, wherefore the Cions that doe
<PB N="12" REF="15"> come from the roots, &s;hall not make &s;o good and frank trees of. It is therefore to be under&s;tood, how this manner and &s;ort is to make frank trees, that may put forth good Cions in time to come, which is, when they be great and good, then if ye will take tho&s;e Cions, or young &s;prings from the roots, ye may make good trees thereof, and then it &s;hall not need to graffe them any more after: but to augment one by the other, as ye do the Cions from the root of the Nut, as is afore&s;aid, and ye &s;hall doe as followeth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to graffe Plum-trees and Cherry-trees.</HEAD>
<P>YE may well graff Plum-trees and great Cherry-trees, in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">uch good order as ye li&s;t to have them, and as hereaftr &s;hall be declared in the fifth Chapter following: for the&s;e would be graffed while they be young and &s;mall, and al&s;o graft in the ground, for thereby one may dre&s;&s;e and trim them the better, and put but one graffe in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ach &s;tock of the &s;ame. Cleave not the heart, but a little on the one &s;ide, nor yet d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ep, or long open.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How you mu&s;t proine or cut your Tree.</HEAD>
<P>FOr when your graffes be well taken on the &s;tock, and that the graffes doe put forth fair and long, about one yeares growth, ye mu&s;t proine, or cut the branch off com|monly in winter, (when they proin their Vines) a foot lower, to make them &s;pred the better: then &s;hall ye mingle all through with good fat earth, the which will draw the better to the place, which you have &s;o proined or cut.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The conveniente&s;t way to clen&s;e and proin, or dre&s;&s;e the roots of Trees,</HEAD>
<P>ANd for the better clen&s;ing and proining trees beneath, it is thus: Ye &s;hall take away the weeds, and graft about the Roots, then &s;hall you digge them &s;o round about, as ye would &s;eem to pluck them up, and &s;hall make them h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lf bare, then &s;hall ye inlarge the earth about the Roots, and whereas ye &s;hall &s;ee them grow fair and long, place or couch
<PB N="13" REF="15"> them in the &s;aid hole and earth again: then &s;hall ye put the cut end of the Tree where it is graft, &s;omewhat lower than his roots were, whereby his Cions &s;o grafted, &s;hall &s;pring &s;o much the better.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When the Stocks are greater than the Graffs.</HEAD>
<P>WHen as the tree waxeth, and &s;welleth greater beneath the Graffing than above, then &s;hall ye cleave the roots beneath, and wreath them round, and &s;o cover them again. But &s;ee you break no root thereof, &s;o will he come to perfe|ction. But mo&s;t men do u&s;e this way: if the &s;tock wax greater than the Graffes, they doe &s;lit downe the barks of the Graffs above in two or three parts, or as they &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e there|of: and &s;o likewi&s;e, if the Graffes wax greater above than the &s;tock, ye &s;hall &s;lit down the &s;tock accordingly with the &s;harp edge of a knife, This may well be done at any time in <HI>March, April</HI> and <HI>May,</HI> in the increa&s;e of the Moon, and not likely after.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The Remedy when ane Bough or Member of a Tree is broken.</HEAD>
<P>IF you &s;hall chance to have B<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ughs or M<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">mbers of <HI>Trees</HI> broken, the be&s;t remedy &s;hall be, to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lace tho&s;e Boughs or Members right &s;oon again (then &s;hall ye comfort the roots with good new earth) and bind ta&s;t tho&s;e broken boughs or Members, both above and beneath, and &s;o let them remaine unto another yeare, until they may clo&s;e, and put forth new Cions.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When a Member or Bough is broken how to proine them.</HEAD>
<P>WHereas ye &s;hal &s;ee under or above &s;uperfluous boughs, ye may cut or proin off (as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e) all &s;uch boughs hard by the tree, at a due time in the winter follow|ing. But leave all the principall branches, and whereas any are broken, let them be cut off beneath, or els by the ground and ca&s;t them away: thus mu&s;t you doe yearly, or as ye &s;hall
<PB N="14" REF="16"> &s;ee cau&s;e, if ye will keep your Trees well and faire.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to enlarge the hole about the Tree roots.</HEAD>
<P>IN proyning your Trees, if there be many roots, ye mu&s;t enlarge them in the hole, and &s;o to wreath them as it is a|fore&s;aid, and to u&s;e them without breaking, then cover them again with good fat earth, which ye &s;hall mingle in the &s;aid hole, and it &s;hall be be&s;t to be digged all over a little before, and &s;ee that no branch or root be left uncovered, and when you have thus dre&s;&s;ed your Trees, if any root &s;hall put forth, or &s;pring hereafter out of the &s;aid holes, in growing ye may &s;o proin them, as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, in letting them &s;o remain two or three years after, unto &s;uch time as the &s;aid Graffes be &s;prung up and well branched.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;et &s;mall Staves by, to &s;trengthen your Cions.</HEAD>
<P>TO avoid danger, ye &s;hall &s;et or &s;trick &s;mall &s;taves about your Cions, for fear of breaking, and then after three or foure years, when they be well branch<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d: ye may then &s;et or plant them in good earth, (at the beginning of Winter) but &s;ee that ye cut off all their &s;mall branches hard by the &s;tock, then ye may plant them where ye think good, &s;o as they may remain.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>In taking up Trees, note.</HEAD>
<P>YE may well leave the mai&s;ter root in the hole (when ye digge him up) if the removed place be good for him, cut off the ma&s;ter roots by the &s;tub, but pare not off <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ll the &s;mall roots, and &s;o plant him, and he &s;hall profit more thus, then others with all their mai&s;ter roots. When as Trees be great, they mu&s;t be disbranched, or boughes cut off, before they be &s;et again, or el&s;e they will hardly pro&s;per. If the Trees be great, having great branches or boughes, when ye &s;hall digge them up, ye mu&s;t disbranch them afore ye &s;et them again, for when Trees &s;hall be thus proined, they &s;hall bring great
<PB N="15" REF="16"> Cions from their Roots, which &s;hall be frank and good to replant, or &s;et in other places, and &s;hall have al&s;o good bran|ches and roots, &s;o that after it &s;hall not need to graffe them any more, but &s;hall continue one after another to be free and good.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to couch the Roots when they are not proyned.</HEAD>
<P>IN &s;etting your Trees again, if ye will dre&s;&s;e the roots of &s;uch as ye have proined, or cut off the branches before, ye &s;hall leave all &s;uch &s;mall roots w^c^h grow on the great root, &amp; ye &s;hall &s;o place tho&s;e roots in replanting again, not deep in the earth, &s;o that they may &s;oon grow, and put forth Ci|ons: which being well u&s;ed, ye may have fruit &s;o good as the other afore-mentioned, being of three or foure years growth, as before is declared.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>What Trees to proyne.</HEAD>
<P>THis way of proyning is more harder for the great Chery (called Healmier) then for the Plum-tree. Al&s;o it is very requi&s;ite and meet for tho&s;e Cions or Trees, which be graft on the wilde &s;owre Cherry-tree, to be proined al&s;o, for divers and &s;undry cau&s;es.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Why the &s;owre Cherry dureth not &s;o long as the Healmier or great Cherry.</HEAD>
<P>THe wild and &s;ower Cherry, of his own nature will not &s;o long time indure, (as the great Healme Cherry) nei|ther can have &s;ufficient &s;appe to nouri&s;h the Graffes, as the great Healme Chery is graft; therefore when ye have proined the branches beneath, and the roots al&s;o, &s;o that ye leave roots &s;ufficient to nouri&s;h the Tree, then &s;et him.</P>
<P>If ye cut not off the under rootes, the Tree will profit more ea&s;ier, and al&s;o lighter to be known, when they put forth Cions, from the root of the &s;ame, the which ye may take hereafter.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="16" REF="17">
<HEAD>To graffe one great Cherry upon another.</HEAD>
<P>YE mu&s;t have re&s;pect unto the Healme Cherry, which is graft on the wild Gomire (which is another kind of great Cherry) and whether you do proin them or not, it is not materiall, for they dure a long time. But ye mu&s;t &s;ee to take away the Cions, that do grow from the root of the wild Go|mire, or wild Plum-tree: becau&s;e they are of nature wild, and do draw the &s;appe from the &s;aid Tree.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of deep Setting or &s;hallow.</HEAD>
<P>TO &s;et your Stocks or Trees &s;omwhat deeper on the high grounds, then in the Vallies; becau&s;e the &s;unne in &s;um|mer &s;hall not dry the root: and in the low ground more &s;hallow, becau&s;e the water in Winter &s;hall not drown or annoy the Roots. Some do mark the &s;tock in taking it up, and to &s;et him again the &s;ame way, becau&s;e he will not alter his nature: &s;o likewi&s;e the Graffes in Graffing.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. IV. <HI>This Chapter doth &s;hew how to &s;et other Trees which come of wilde Cions, pricked in the earth without roots: and al&s;o of proining the meaner Cions.</HI></HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees take root prickt of Branches.</HEAD>
<P>THere be certain which take root, being pricked of Branches proined of other Trees, which be, the Mul|berry, the Fig-Tree, the Quince-Tree, the Service-Tree, the Pomgranad-Tree, the Apple-Tree, the Dam&s;on-Tree, and divers &s;orts of other Plum-Trees, as the Plum-Tree of Paradice, &amp;c.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to &s;et them.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to &s;et the&s;e &s;orts of Trees, ye mu&s;t cut off the Cions, twigs, or boughes, betwixt <HI>Alhallontide</HI> and <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI>
<PB N="17" REF="17"> not lightly after. Ye &s;hall cho&s;e them, which be as great as a little &s;taff or more, and looke whereas you can find them fair, &s;mooth, and &s;traight, and full of &s;ap withall, growing of young trees, as of the age of three or four yeares growth, or thereabouts, and look that ye take them &s;o from the tree with a broad Chizel, that ye break not, or loo&s;e any part of the bark thereof, more than half a foot beneath, neither of one &s;ide or other: then proine or cut off the branches, and prick them one foot deepe in the earth, well digged and ordered before.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to binde them that be weak.</HEAD>
<P>THo&s;e Plants which be &s;lender, ye mu&s;t proin or cut off the branches, then bind them to &s;ome &s;take or &s;uch like to be &s;et in good earth, and well mingled with good dung, and al&s;o to be well and deeply digged, and to be &s;et in a moi&s;t place, or els to be well watered in Summer.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to digge the Earth to &s;et them in.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when that ye would &s;et them in the earth, ye mu&s;t fir&s;t prepare to digge it, and dung it well throughout a <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 span"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eep in the earth. And then ye &s;hall &s;et them eve|ry one in his place made (before) with a crow of Iron, and for to make them take root the better, ye &s;hall put with your Plants watered Oates, or Barley, and &s;o ye &s;hall let them grow the &s;pace of three or four yeares, or when they &s;hal be branched, then ye may remove them, and if ye break off the old &s;tubby root, and &s;et them lower, they will la&s;t a long time the more. If &s;ome of tho&s;e Plants doe chance to put forth Cions from the root, and being &s;o rooted, ye mu&s;t pluck them up, though they be tender, and &s;et them in other places.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Cyons without Roots.</HEAD>
<P>IF that the &s;aid Plants have Cions without any roots, but which come from the Root beneath, then cut them not
<PB N="18" REF="18"> off, till they be of two or three years growth, by that time they will gather roots, to be replanted in other places.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To plant the Fig-tree.</HEAD>
<P>THe &s;aid Plants taken off Fig-trees graffed, be the be&s;t. Ye may likewi&s;e take other &s;orts of Fig-trees, and graff one upon the other, for like as upon the wild Trees doe come the Pepins, even &s;o the Fig, but not &s;o &s;oone to pro&s;per and grow.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;et Quinces.</HEAD>
<P>LIkewi&s;e the nature of Quinces, is to &s;pring, if they be pricked (as afore&s;aid) in the earth, but &s;ometime I have graffed with great difficulty, &s;aith mine Author, upon a white Thorne, and it hath taken and born fruit to look on fair, but in ta&s;te weaker than the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The way to &s;et Mulberries.</HEAD>
<P>THere is al&s;o another way to &s;et Mulberries, as follows, which is, if you doe cut in Winter certaine great Mul|berry boughs, or &s;tocks a&s;under in the body (with a Saw) in troncheons a foot long and more, then make ye a great furrow in good earth well &amp; deep, &s;o that you may cover again your troncheons, in &s;etting them an end half a foot one from another, then cover them again, that the earth may be above tho&s;e ends three or four fingers high, &s;o let them remain, and water them in Summer, if need be &s;ometimes, and clen&s;e them from all hurtfull weeds and roots.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Note one of the &s;ame.</HEAD>
<P>THat then within a &s;pa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of time after, the &s;aid tronchions will put forth Cions, which when they be &s;omewhat &s;prigged, having two or three &s;mall twigs, then ye may tran&s;plant or remove them where you lift, but leave your troncheons &s;till in the earth, for they will put forth many motions, the which, if they &s;hall have &s;canty of root, then dung your troncheons with good earth, and likewi&s;e above al&s;o, and they &s;hall do well.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="19" REF="18">
<HEAD>The tyme to cut Cions.</HEAD>
<P>VNder&s;tand al&s;o that all trees, which u&s;ually put forth, put forth Cions, if ye cut them in winter, they will put forth and &s;pring more abundantly, for then they be all good to &s;et and plant.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To &s;et Bu&s;h-tees, or Goo&s;eberries or &s;mall Rai&s;ins.</HEAD>
<P>THere be many other kind of Bu&s;h-trees, which will grow of Cions prickt in the ground, as the Goo&s;eberry-tree, the &s;mall Raifin-tree, the Berberrie-tree, the Black Thorne-tree, the&s;e with many other to be planted in winter, will grow without roots: ye mu&s;t al&s;o proine them, and they will grow well enough, &s;o likewi&s;e ye may prick in <HI>Marh</HI> of Oziers in moi&s;t grounds, and they will grow, and &s;erve to many purpo&s;es for your Garden,</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. V. IT is to be under&s;tood that there be many wayes of graf|fings, whereof here I have onely put four &s;orts, which be good, both &s;ure and well appoved, and ea&s;ie to doe, which may very well be u&s;ed in two parts of the yeare and more, for I have (&s;aith he) graffed in our hou&s;e, in e|very moneth, except <HI>October</HI> and <HI>November,</HI> and they have ta|ken well, which I have (&s;aith he) in the winter begun to graffe, and in the Summer graffed in the Scutchion or &s;hield according to the time, forward or &s;low; for certaine Trees, &s;pecially young fair Cions have enough or more of their &s;ap unto the middle of <HI>Augu&s;t,</HI> than other &s;ome had at <HI>Midsum|mer</HI> before.</HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The way to graffe all &s;oris of Trees.</HEAD>
<P>ANd fir&s;t of all it is to be noted, that all the &s;orts of frank Trees, as al&s;o wild Trees of nature, may be graffed
<PB N="20" REF="19"> with grafts, and in the Scutchion, and both do well take, but &s;pecially tho&s;e Trees which be of like nature: therefore it is better &s;o to graffe. Howbeit they may well grow and take of other &s;ort of trees, but trees are not &s;o good, nor will pro&s;per &s;o well in the end.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to graffe Apple-trees, Peare-trees, Quince-trees, and Medlar-trees.</HEAD>
<P>THey graffe the Peare-graffe upon other Peare-&s;tocks, and Apple on Apple-&s;tocks, Crab or Wilding-&s;tock, the Quince and Medlar on the white Thorne, but mo&s;t com|monly they u&s;e to graffe one Apple upon another, and both Peares and Quinces they graffe on Hawthorne and Crab-&s;tock. And other kind of fruit called in French <HI>Saulfey,</HI> they u&s;e to graffe on the Willow-&s;tock, the manner thereof <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> hard to doe, which I have not &s;een, therefore I will let it pa&s;&s;e at this pre&s;ent.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The Graffing of Cherryes.</HEAD>
<P>THey graffe the great Cherry, called in French <HI>Heaubmi|ers,</HI> upon the Crab-&s;tock, and another long Cherry cal|led <HI>Guiviers,</HI> upon the wild or &s;owre Cherry Tree, and like|wi&s;e one Cherry upon another.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To graffe great Medlars.</HEAD>
<P>THe Mi&s;ple or Medlar, they may be graffed on other Med|lars, or on white-thorne, the Quince is graffed on the white or black thorne, and they doe pro&s;per well. I have grafted (&s;aith he) the Quince upon a wild Peare-&s;tock, the which hath taken and borne fruit well and good, but they will not long endure. I believe (&s;aith he) it was becau&s;e the graff was not able enough to draw the &s;ap from the Peare-&s;tock. Some graffe the Medlar on the Quince, to be great. And it is to be noted, though the &s;tock and the graft be of contrary natures, yet notwith&s;tanding, neither the graff or Scutchion, &s;hall take any part of the nature of the wild &s;tock &s;o grafted, though it be Pear, Apple, or Quince, which is con|trary
<PB N="21" REF="19"> again&s;t many which have written, that if ye graft the Medlar upon the Quince Tree, they &s;hall be without &s;tones, which is abu&s;ive and mockery. For I have (&s;aith he) pro|ved the contrary.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of divers kinds of Graffes.</HEAD>
<P>IT is very true, that one may &s;et a Tree, which &s;hall beare divers &s;orts of fruits at once, if he be graffed with divers kind of graffes, as the black, white, and green Cherry toge|ther, and al&s;o Apples of other Trees, as Apples and Peares together, and in the Scutchion (ye may graffe) likewi&s;e of divers kinds al&s;o, as on Peares, Apricocks and Plums toge|ther, and of others al&s;o,</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of graffing of the Figs.</HEAD>
<P>YE may graffe the Fig-tree upon the Peach tree or Apri|cock, but leave a branch on the &s;tock, and there mu&s;t be according for the &s;pace of yeares, for the one &s;hall change &s;ooner than the other. All trees above&s;aid do take very well being graffed one with the other. And I have not known or found of any others: howbeit (&s;aith he) I have curiou&s;ly &s;ought and proved, becau&s;e they &s;ay one may graffe on Coleworts, or Elmes, the which I think are but Je&s;ts.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the great Apricock.</HEAD>
<P>THe great Apricock they graffin &s;ummer, in the Scutchi|on or &s;hield, in the &s;ap or bark of the le&s;&s;er Apricock, and be graffed on Peach-trees, Fig-rees, and principally on Dam|&s;on or Plum-trees, for there they will pro&s;per the better.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Service-trees.</HEAD>
<P>OF the Service-tree they &s;ay and write, that they may hardly be graffed on other Service-tres, either on Ap|ple-trees, Pear or Quince-trees: and I believe this to be very hard to doe, for I have tryed (&s;aith he) and they would not prove.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="22" REF="20">
<HEAD>The &s;etting of Service-Trees</HEAD>
<P>THerefore it is much better to &s;et them of Curnels, as it is afore&s;aid, as al&s;o in the &s;econd Chapter of planting of Ci|ons, or other great Trees, which mu&s;t be cut in winter, as &s;uch as &s;hall be mo&s;t meet for that purpo&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees which be very fit to be graffed in the Shield or Scutchion.</HEAD>
<P>ALl other manner of Trees afore&s;aid, doe take very well to be graffed with Cions, and al&s;o in the Shield, except Apricocks on Peaches, Almonds, Perciginiers, the Peach-tree do take hardly to be graffed, but in the &s;hield in Sum|mer, as &s;hall be more largely declared hereafter. As for the Almonds, Perciginiers, and Peaches, ye may better &s;et them of Curnels and Nuts, whereby they &s;hall the &s;ooner come to perfection to be graffed.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How a man ought to con&s;ider tho&s;e Trees, which be commonly charged with fruit.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall under&s;tand, that in the beginning of graffing, ye mu&s;t con&s;ider what &s;orts of Trees doe mo&s;t charge the &s;tock with branch and fruit, or that doe love the Country, or Ground whereas you intend to plant or graffe them: for better it were to have abundance of fruit&punc; than to have very few or none.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Trees whereon to choo&s;e your graffes.</HEAD>
<P>OF &s;uch Trees as ye will gather your Gr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ffes to graffe with, ye mu&s;t take them at the ends of the principall branches, which be al&s;o faire&s;t and greate&s;t of &s;appe, having two or three fingers length of the old wood, with the new, and tho&s;e Cions, which eyes &s;omewhat nigh together, are the be&s;t; for tho&s;e which b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> long, are farre one from another, and not &s;o good to bring fruit.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The Cions towards the Ea&s;t are be&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall under&s;tand, that tho&s;e which doe grow on the Ea&s;t, or Orient part of the Tree, are be&s;t: ye mu&s;t not
<PB N="23" REF="20"> lightly gather of the evill and &s;lender graffes which grow in the midde&s;t of the Trees, nor any graffes which doe grow within on the branches, or that do &s;pring from the &s;tock of the Tree, nor yet graftes, which be on very old Trees, for thereby ye &s;hall not lightly profit to any purpo&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To chu&s;e your Trees for Graffes.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when the Trees whereas you intend to gather your grafts, be &s;mall and yong, as of five or &s;ix years growth, do not take of the highe&s;t grafts thereof, nor the greate&s;t, ex|cept it b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of a &s;mall Tree of two or three years, the which commonly hath too much of top or wood, otherwi&s;e not, for you &s;hall but marre your graffing.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to keep Graffes a long time.</HEAD>
<P>YE may keep grafts a long time good, as from <HI>Alhallon|tide</HI> (&s;o that the leaves be fallen) unto the time of grafting if that they be well covered in the earth half a foot deep ther|in, and &s;o that none of them doe appear without the earth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to keep Graffes before they are budded.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o do not gather them, except ye have great need, un|till <HI>Chri&s;tmas</HI> or there-abouts, and put them not in the ground nigh any walles for feare of Moles, Mice, and water, marring the place and grafts. It &s;hall be good to keep grafts in the earth before they begin to bud, when that ye will graft betwixt the bark and the Tree, and when the Trees begin to enter into their &s;appe.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How one ought to begin to Graffe.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o ye mu&s;t begin to graft (in cleaving the &s;tock) at <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> or before, according to the coldne&s;&s;e of the time, and principally the Healme or great Cherry, Peares, Wardens, or forward fruit of Apples: and for Medlars it is good to tarry untill the end of <HI>January</HI> and <HI>February,</HI> untill
<PB N="24" REF="21"> <HI>March,</HI> or until &s;uch time as ye &s;hall &s;ee Trees begin to bud or &s;pring.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When it is good graffing the wild &s;tock.</HEAD>
<P>In the Spring time it is good Graffing of wild &s;tocks, (which be great) betwixt the bark and the tree, &s;uch &s;tocks as are of later &s;pring, and kept in the earth before, The Dam&s;on or Plum-tree tarrieth longe&s;t to be graffed: for they doe not &s;hew or put forth &s;app, as &s;oon as others.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Mark if the Tree be forward or not.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o con&s;ider you alwayes, whether the Tree be forward or not, to be graffed &s;oon or laterward, and to give him al&s;o a graffe of the like ha&s;t or &s;lowne&s;&s;e: even &s;o ye mu&s;t marke the time, whether it be &s;low or forward.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When one will graffe what nece&s;&s;aries he ought to be furni&s;hed withall.</HEAD>
<P>When&s;oever ye go to Graffing, &s;ee ye be furni&s;hed with grafts, clay and mo&s;&s;e, cloths or barks of Sallow to bind likewi&s;e withall. Al&s;o ye mu&s;t have a &s;mall Saw, and a &s;harp knife, to cleave and cut Graffes withall. But it wers much better, if ye &s;hould cut your Graffes with a great Pen-knife, or &s;ome other like &s;harp knife, having a &s;mall wedge of hard wood, or of Iron, with a hooked knife, and al&s;o a &s;mall mallet. And your wild &s;tocks mu&s;t be well rooted be|fore ye do graffe them: and be not &s;o quick to deceive your &s;elves, as tho&s;e which do graffe and plant all at one time, yet they &s;hall not profit &s;o well: for where the wild &s;tock hath not &s;ub&s;tance in him&s;elf, much le&s;&s;e to give unto the other grafts: for when a man thinks &s;ometime to forward him&s;elf, he doth hinder him&s;elfe.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Graffes not pro&s;pering the fir&s;t year.</HEAD>
<P>Ye &s;hall under&s;tand, that very hardly your Graffes &s;hall pro&s;per after, if they do not profit or pro&s;per well in the fir&s;t year, for when&s;oever (in the fir&s;t year) they profit well,
<PB N="25" REF="21"> it were better to graffe them &s;omewhat lower, than to let them &s;o remain and grow.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to graffe well and &s;ound.</HEAD>
<P>ANd for the be&s;t under&s;tanding of Graffing in the cleft, ye &s;hall fir&s;t cut away all the &s;mall Cions about the body of the &s;tock beneath, and before ye begin to cleave your &s;tock, dre&s;&s;e and cut your graffes &s;omewhat thick and ready, then cleave your &s;tock, and as the cleft is &s;mall or great (if need be) pare it &s;mooth within, then cut your inci|&s;ion of your graffes accordingly, and &s;et them in the cleft, as even and as clo&s;e as po&s;&s;ible you can:</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to trim your Graffes.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o ye may graffe your Graffes full as long as two or three trunchions or cut-graffes, which ye may likewi&s;e graffe withall very well, and will be as tho&s;e which doe come of old wood, and oftentimes better, than to graffe a bough, for often it &s;o happeneth, a man &s;hall find of Oylets or eyes hard by the old &s;lender wood, yet better it were to cut them off with the old wood, and choo&s;e a better and fair place at &s;ome other eye in the &s;ame graffe, and to make your inci&s;ion thereunder as afor&s;aid, and cut your graffs in making the inci&s;ion on the one &s;ide narrow, and on the o|ther &s;ide broad, and the inner &s;ide thinn, and the out&s;ide thick, becau&s;e the out&s;ide of your graff mu&s;t joyn within the cleft, with the &s;appe of Barke of the wild, and it &s;hall &s;o be &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t in. See al&s;o that ye cut it &s;mooth, as your clefts are in the Stock, in joyning at every place both even and clo&s;e, and e&s;pecially the joynts or corners of the graffes on the head of the &s;tocke, which mu&s;t be well and clean pared be|fore, and then &s;et fa&s;t thereon.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cut graffes for Cherries and Plums.</HEAD>
<P>IT is not much requi&s;ite in the helme Cherry, for to joyn the Graffes in the &s;tock wholly throughout, as it is in
<PB N="26" REF="22"> others, or to cut the graffes of great Cherries, Dam&s;ons, or Plums, &s;o thin and plaine as ye may other graffes, for the&s;e &s;orts have a greater &s;appe or pith within, the which ye mu&s;t always take heed in cutting it too nigh on the one &s;ide or one the other, but at the end thereof chiefly, to be thin cut and flat.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Note al&s;o.</HEAD>
<P>ANd yet if the &s;aid inci&s;ion be &s;traighter and clo&s;er on the one &s;ide than it is on the other &s;ide, pare it where it is mo&s;t meet, and where it is too &s;traight, open it with a wedge of Iron, and put in a wedge of the &s;ame wood above in the cleft, and thus may ye moderate your graffes as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How in graffing to take heed that the Bark ri&s;e not.</HEAD>
<P>IN all kind of cutting your gr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ffes, take heed to the bark of your graffes, that it doe not ri&s;e from the wood on no &s;ide thereof, and &s;pecially on the out&s;ide, therefore ye &s;hall leave it thicker than the inner &s;ide: Al&s;o ye mu&s;t take heed when as the &s;tocks doe wreath in cleaving, that ye may joyn the graffe therein accordingly: The be&s;t remedy ther<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">fore is, to cut it &s;mooth within, that the graffe may joyn the better: ye &s;hall al&s;o for the greate&s;t &s;tocks make choice of the great|e&s;t Graffes.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cut your Stock.</HEAD>
<P>HOw much the more your &s;tock is thin and &s;lender, &s;o much more ye ought to cut him lower, and if your &s;tock be as great as your finger, or thereabouts, ye may cut him a foot or half a foot from the earth, and dig him about; and dung him with Goats dung, to help withall, and graffe him but with one graffe or Cion.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>If the wild Stock be great and &s;lender.</HEAD>
<P>IF your wild &s;tock be great, or as big as a good, &s;taffe ye &s;hall cut him round off, a foot or there-abouts above the
<PB N="27" REF="22"> earth; then &s;et in two good graffs in the head or cleft there|of</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees as great as ones Arme.</HEAD>
<P>BUt when your &s;tock is as great as your arme, ye &s;hall &s;aw him cl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">an off and round, three or four foot, or therea|abouts from the earth, for to defend him, and &s;et in the head three graffes, two in the cleft, and one betwixt the bark and the Tree, on that &s;ide which ye have mo&s;t &s;pace.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Great Trees as big as your Leg.</HEAD>
<P>IF the &s;tock be as big as your legge, or thereabouts, ye &s;hall &s;aw him f<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ir and clean off, four or five foot high from the earth, and cleave him acro&s;&s;e (if ye will) and &s;et in four graffes in the clefts thereof, or el&s;e one cleft onely, and &s;et two graffes in both the &s;ides thereof, and other two graffes betwixt the bark and the Tree.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When the Graffes be pinched with the Stock.</HEAD>
<P>YE mu&s;t for the better under&s;tanding marke to graffe be|tween the bark and the Tree, for when the &s;appe is full in, the wood or wild Stocks being great, they doe common|ly pinch or wring the graffes too &s;ore, if ye doe not put a &s;mall wedge of green wood in the cleft thereof, to help them withall again&s;t &s;uch danger.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to cleave your Stock.</HEAD>
<P>WHen&s;oev<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r you &s;hall cleave your wild Stocks, take h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ed that ye cleave them not in the mid&s;t of the heart or pith, but a little on that &s;i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e, which ye &s;hall think good.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to graffe the branch of great Trees.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye would graft Trees, as big as your thigh, or bigger, it were much better to graffe onely the branch<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s thereof, than the &s;tock or body, for the &s;tock will <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ot before the graffes &s;hall cover the head.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="28" REF="23">
<HEAD>How to cut Branches old and great.</HEAD>
<P>BUt if the Branches be too rude and without order, the be&s;t &s;hall be to cut them all off, and within three or four years after they will bring fair young Cions againe, and then it &s;hall be be&s;t to graffe them, and cut off all the &s;u|perfluous and ill branches thereof,</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to bind your Graffes throughout for fear of windss</HEAD>
<P>ANd when your graffes &s;hall be grown, ye mu&s;t binde them for feare of &s;haking of the wind, and if the Tree be free and good of him&s;elf, let the Cions grow &s;till, and ye may graffe any part or branch ye will in the cleft, or betwixt the bark a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d the Tree, or in the Scutchion, if your bark be fair and loo&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To &s;et many graffes in one cleft.</HEAD>
<P>EVer when ye wi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">l put many graffes in one cleft, &s;ee that one inci&s;ion of your graffe be as large as the other, not to be put into the cleft &s;o &s;lightly and ra&s;hly, and that one &s;ide thereof be not more open than the other, and that the&s;e graffes be all of one length: it &s;hall &s;uffice al&s;o if they have three eyes on each graffe without the joynt thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;aw your &s;tock before you leave him.</HEAD>
<P>IN &s;awing your &s;tock, &s;ee that you teare not the barke a|bout the head thereof, then cleave his head with a long &s;harpe knife, or &s;uch like, and knock your wedge in the midde&s;t thereof, then pare him on the head round about, and knock your wedge in &s;o deep till it open meet for your graffes, but not &s;o wide, then holding in one hand your graffe, and in the other hand your &s;tock, &s;et your graffe in clo&s;e bark to bark, &amp; let your wedge be greater above at the head, that ye may knock him out fair and ea&s;ily again.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="29" REF="23">
<HEAD>If the Stock cleave too much, or the bark doe open.</HEAD>
<P>IF the Stock doe cleave too much, or open the bark with the wood too low, then &s;oftly open your &s;tock with your wedge, and &s;ee if the inci&s;ion of your graffe be meet, and ju&s;t, according to the cleft, if not, make it untill it be meet, or el&s;e &s;aw him off lower,</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How Graffes never lightly take.</HEAD>
<P>ABove all things you mu&s;t con&s;ider the meeting of the two &s;aps, betwixt the graffe and the wild &s;tock, which mu&s;t be &s;et in ju&s;t one with another: for ye &s;hall under&s;tand, if they doe not joyn, and the one delight with the other, being even &s;et, they &s;hall never take together, for there is nothing onely to joyn their increa&s;e, but the &s;ap, recoun|ting the one again&s;t the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;et the Graffes right in the cleft.</HEAD>
<P>WHen the bark of the Stock is more thick than the graff, ye mu&s;t take good heed in &s;etting of the graffe in the cleft, to the end that his &s;appe may joyn right with the &s;ap of the &s;tock on the in-&s;ide, and ye ought likewi&s;e to con&s;ider of the &s;appe of the &s;tock, if he doe &s;urmount the graffes in the out-&s;ides of the cleft too much or not.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of &s;etting in the Graffes.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o ye mu&s;t take good heed, that the graffes be well and clean &s;et in, and joyn clo&s;e upon the head of the &s;tock. Likewi&s;e then the inci&s;ion, which is &s;et in the cleft, do joyn very well within on both &s;ides, not to joyn &s;o even, but &s;ometimes it may do &s;ervice, when as the graffes doe draw too much from the Stock, or the &s;tock al&s;o on the graffes doe put forth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Note al&s;o.</HEAD>
<P>ANd therefore when the &s;tock is rightly cloven, there is no danger in cutting the inci&s;ion of the graffe, but a lit|tle
<PB N="30" REF="24"> &s;traight rebated at the end thereof, that the &s;ap may joyn one with the other better and clo&s;er together.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How you ought to draw out your wedge.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen your graffes &s;hall be well joyned with your &s;tock, draw your wedge fair and &s;o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">tly forth, for fear o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> di&s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lacing your graffes, ye may leave within the cleft a &s;mall wedge of &s;uch green wood as is afore&s;aid, and ye &s;hall cut it off clo&s;e by the head of your &s;tock, and &s;o cover it with a barke as followeth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To cover your clefts on the head.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen your wedge is dr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">wn forth, put a green pill of the thick bark of Willow, Crab or Apple, upon the clefts of the &s;tock, that nothing m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y fall between: then cover all about the clefts on the &s;tock head, two fingers thick with good clay, or nigh about that thickne&s;&s;e, that no Wind or Rain may enter, then cover it round with mo&s;s, and then wreath it over with clothes, pills of Willow, Bryar, or Oziars, or &s;uch like, then bind them fa&s;t, and &s;tick cer|tain long pricks on the graffes head among&s;t the Cions, to keep off the Crows, Jayes, or &s;uch like.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How you ought to &s;ee to the binding of your Graffes.</HEAD>
<P>BUt all way<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s take good heed to the binding of your heads that they wax &s;lack or &s;haggie, neither on the one &s;ide or one the other, but remain fa&s;t upon the clay, the clay to re|maine fa&s;t likewi&s;e on <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he &s;tock h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ad under the binding thereof, wherefore the &s;aid clay mu&s;t be moderated in &s;uch &s;ort as followeth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to temper your clay.</HEAD>
<P>THe be&s;t way is therefore to try your clay betwixt your hands for &s;tones and &s;uch like, and &s;o to temper it as ye &s;hall think good, as it &s;hall <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">equire moi&s;tne&s;&s;e or drine&s;s, and to temper it with the hair of bea&s;ts (for when it drieth, it holdeth not &s;o well on the &s;tock,) or knead Mo&s;&s;e there|with,
<PB N="31" REF="24"> or mingle Hay thin therewith: Some conceit that the Mo&s;&s;e doth make the Trees mo&s;&s;ie. But I rather &s;uppo&s;e it is occa&s;ioned by the di&s;po&s;ition of the place.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To bu&s;h your graffe heads.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen ye &s;hall bind or wrap your graffe heads with you band, take &s;mall Thornes and bind them with|in for to defend your Graffes from Kites, or Crows, or o|ther danger of other Fowles, or prick &s;harp white &s;tickes thereon.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The &s;econd way to graffe high Branches on Trees.</HEAD>
<P>THe &s;econd manner to graffe, is &s;trange enough unto many: This kind of Graffing is on the tops of branches of Trees, which thing to make them grow lightly, is not &s;o &s;oone obtained: certaine it is, that where&s;oever they be graffed, they doe onely require a faire young wood, as al&s;o a great Cion or twig, growing highe&s;t on the top of the Tree, which Cions ye &s;hall choo&s;e to graffe on of many &s;orts of Fruits, if ye will, or as ye &s;hall think good, which order followeth.</P>
<P>TAke graffs of other &s;orts of trees, which ye would graff in the top thereof, then mount to the top of the tree which you would graff, and cut off the tops of all &s;uch branches, or as many as ye would graffe on, and if they be greater than the graffes which ye would graffe, ye &s;hall cut and graffe them lower as ye doe the &s;mall wild &s;tock afore|&s;aid. But if the Cions that ye cut be as big as your graffe you graffe on, ye &s;hall cut them lower betwixt the old wood and the new, or a little higher or lower: then cleave a little, and choo&s;e your graffes in like &s;ort which you would plant, whereof you &s;hall make your inci&s;ion &s;hort, with the barke on both &s;ides alike, and to be as thick on the one &s;ide as it is on the other, and al&s;o &s;et &s;o ju&s;t in cleft, that the bark may be even and clo&s;e, a&s;wel above as beneath, on the one &s;ide as the other, and &s;o bind them as is afore|&s;aid.
<PB N="32" REF="25"> It &s;hall &s;uffice that every graft have an oylet or eye, or two at the mo&s;t without the joynt, for to leave them too long it &s;hall not be good, and ye mu&s;t dre&s;&s;e it with Clay and Mo&s;&s;e, and bind as it is afore&s;aid. And likewi&s;e ye may graffe the&s;e, as ye doe little wild Stocks, which &s;hould be as big as your graffes, and to graffe them, as you doe tho&s;e with &s;ap like on both &s;ides, but then you mu&s;t graffe them in the, earth, three fingers of, or thereabouts.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The manner of Graffing, is of Graffes which may be &s;et between the Bark and the Tree</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">To graffe betwixt the bark and the Tree.</HEAD>
<P>THis manner of graffing is good, when Trees doe begin to enter into their &s;ap, which is about the end of <HI>Febru|ry</HI> unto the end of <HI>April,</HI> and &s;pecially on great wild &s;tockes, which be hard to cleave, ye may &s;et in four or five graffes in the head thereof, which graffes ought to be gathered afore, and kept clo&s;e in the earth till then, for by that time afore|&s;aid, ye &s;hall &s;hall &s;cantly find a Tree, but that he doth put forth or bud, as the Apple called <HI>Capendu,</HI> or &s;uch like.</P>
<P>Ye mu&s;t therefore &s;aw the&s;e wild &s;tocks more charily, and more high, &s;o they be great, and then cut the Graffes, which ye would &s;et together, &s;o as you would &s;et them up|on the wild &s;tock that is cleft, as is before rehear&s;ed. And the inci&s;ion of your graffs mu&s;t not be &s;o long and &s;o thick, and the bark a little at the end thereof mu&s;t be taken away, and made in a manner as a Launcet of Iron, and as thick on the one &s;ide as the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to dre&s;&s;e the head to place the Graffes betwixt the Bark and the Tree.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when your graffes be ready cut, then &s;hall you clen&s;e the head of your &s;tock, and pare it with a &s;harpe knife round about the barke thereof, to the end your graffes may
<PB N="33" REF="25"> joyn the better thereon, then take a &s;harp penknife, or other &s;harp pointed knife, and thru&s;t it down betwixt the barke and the &s;tock, &s;o long as the inci&s;ion of graffes be, then put your graffes &s;oftly downe therein to the hard joynt, and &s;ee that it doe &s;it clo&s;e upon the &s;tock head.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cover the head of your &s;tock.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen as you have &s;et in your graffes, you mu&s;t then cover it well about with good tough Clay, and Mo&s;&s;e, as is &s;aid of others, and then you mu&s;t incontinent environ or compa&s;&s;e your head with &s;mall thorny bu&s;hes, and bind them fa&s;t thereon all about, for fear of great Birds, and likewi&s;e the wind.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the manner and graffing in the Shield or Scutchion.</HEAD>
<P>THe fourth manne<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> to graffe, which is the la&s;t, is to graffe in the Scutchion in the &s;ap in Summer, from the end of the moneth of <HI>May</HI> until <HI>Augu&s;t,</HI> when as Trees be yet &s;trong in &s;ap and leaves, for otherwi&s;e it cannot be done; the be&s;t time is in <HI>June</HI> and <HI>July,</HI> &s;ome yeares when the time is very dry, and that &s;ome Trees do hold their &s;ap very long; there|fore ye mu&s;t tary till it returne.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to graffe in Summer &s;o long as the Trees be full leaved.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to begin this manner of graffing well, ye mu&s;t in the Summer, when the Trees be almo&s;t full of &s;ap, and when they have &s;prung forth new &s;hoots being &s;omewhat hard|ned, then &s;hall ye take a branch thereof in the top of the tree, which ye will have graffed, and choo&s;e the highe&s;t and prin|cipalle&s;t branches, without cutting it from the old wood, and choo&s;e thereof the principalle&s;t oylet or eye, or budding place, of each branch one, with which oylet or eye, ye &s;hall begin to graffe as followeth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="34" REF="26">
<HEAD>The big Cions are be&s;t to graffe.</HEAD>
<P>CHiefly ye mu&s;t know that the &s;malle&s;t &amp; wor&s;t oylets, or buds of the &s;aid Cions be not &s;o good to graffe: there|fore choo&s;e the greate&s;t and the be&s;t you can find, fir&s;t cut off the leaf hard by the oylet, then trench or cut the length of a barley corn beneath the oylet round about the barke, hard to the wood, and likewi&s;e above: then with a &s;harp point of a knife, &s;lit it down halfe an inch be&s;ide the oylet, or bud, and with the point of a &s;harp knife &s;oftly rai&s;e the &s;aid Shield or Scutchion round about, with the oylet in in the midde&s;t, and all the &s;ap belonging thereunto.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to take off the Shield from the wood.</HEAD>
<P>ANd for the better rai&s;ing the &s;aid Shield, or Scutchion from the wood, after that ye have cut him round a|bout, then &s;lit him down, without cutting any part of the wood within, you mu&s;t then rai&s;e the &s;ide next you that is &s;lit and then take the &s;ame Shield betwixt your finger &amp; thumb, and pluck or rai&s;e it &s;oftly off, without breaking or brui&s;ing any part thereof, and in the opening or plucking it off, hold it with your finger hard to the wood, that the &s;ap of the oylet may remain in the Shield, for if it goe off in plucking it from the barke, and &s;tick to the wood, your Scutchions are nothing worth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To know your Scutchion or Shield when he is good or bad.</HEAD>
<P>ANd for the more ea&s;ie under&s;tanding whether it be good or bad when it is taken from the wood, look within the &s;aid &s;hield, and if ye &s;hall &s;ee it crack or open within, then it is of no value, for the chief Sap doth yet remain behind with the wood which &s;hould be in the &s;hield; and therefore ye mu&s;t choo&s;e and cut another Shield, which mu&s;t be good and &s;ound as afore&s;aid, and when your Scutchion &s;hall be well taken off from the wood, then hold it dry by the oylet or eye betwixt your lips, till you have taken off the barke
<PB N="35" REF="26"> from the other Cion or branch, and &s;et him in that place, and &s;ee that ye doe not foul or wet it in your mouth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of young Trees to graffe on.</HEAD>
<P>BUt ye mu&s;t graffe on &s;uch Trees as be from the bigne&s;&s;e of your little finger, unto as great as your arme, having their bark thin and &s;lender, for great Trees commonly have their bark hard and thick, which ye cannot well graffe this way, except they have &s;ome branches with a thin &s;mooth bark, meet for this way to be done.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to &s;et or place your Shield.</HEAD>
<P>Ye mu&s;t quickly cut off round the bark of the Tree that ye will graffe on, a little longer than the Shield that ye &s;et on, becau&s;e it may joyne the &s;ooner and ea&s;ier, but take heed that in cutting the bark ye cut not the wood within.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Note al&s;o.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the inci&s;ion once done, ye mu&s;t then cover both the &s;ides or ends well and &s;oftly with a little bone or horne made in manner like a thin skin, which ye &s;hall lay all over the joynts or clo&s;ings of the &s;aid Shield, &s;omewhat longer and larger, but take heed ye hurt not or cru&s;h the bark thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to lift up the bark and to &s;et your Shield on.</HEAD>
<P>THis done, take your Shield or Scutchion by the oylet or eye that he hath, and open him fair and &s;oftly by the two &s;ides, and put them &s;traight way one the other Tree, where|as the barke is taken off, and joyn him clo&s;e barke to barke thereon, then plaine it &s;oftly above, and at both the ends with the thinne bone, and that they joyne above and be|neath barke to barke, &s;o that he may feed well the branch of that Tree.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="36" REF="27">
<HEAD>How to bind your Shield.</HEAD>
<P>THis done, ye mu&s;t have a wreath of good Hempe, to bind the &s;aid &s;hield on his place; the manner to bind it is this, ye &s;hall make a wreath of Hemp together, as great as a Go&s;e-quill, or thereabouts, or according to the bigne&s;&s;e or &s;mallnes of your Tree; then take your Hemp in the midde&s;t; that the one half may &s;erve for the upper half of the &s;hield, in winding and cro&s;&s;ing with the Hemp, the &s;aid &s;hield on the branch of the tree, but &s;ee you bind it not too &s;traight, for it &s;hall let him from taking or &s;pringing, and likewi&s;e their &s;ap cannot ea&s;ily come or pa&s;&s;e from the one to the other and &s;ee al&s;o that wet come not to your &s;hield, nor likewi&s;e the Hemp that ye bind it withall. Ye &s;hall begin to bind your Scutchion fir&s;t behind in the midde&s;t of your &s;hield, in com|ing &s;til lower and lower, and &s;o recover under the oylet and tail of your &s;hield, binding it nigh together, without reco|vering of the &s;aid oylet, then ye &s;hall return again upward, in binding it backward to the midde&s;t where ye began. Then take the other part of the Hemp, and bind &s;o likewi&s;e the up|per part of your &s;hield, &amp; increa&s;e your Hemp as ye &s;hal need, and &s;o return ag<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">in backward, and ye &s;hall bind it &s;o, till the fruits or clefts be covered (both above and beneath) with your &s;aid Hemp, except the oylet and the tail, the which ye mu&s;t not cover, for that tail will &s;hed apart, if the Shield do take.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>On one tree you may graffe, or put two or three Shields.</HEAD>
<P>YE may very well if ye will, on every tree graffe two or three &s;hields, but &s;ee that one be not right again&s;t ano|ther, nor yet of the one &s;ide of the Tree, let your &s;hields &s;o remain bound on the Trees, one moneth or more after they be graffed, and the greater the Tree is, the longer to remain, and the &s;maller, the le&s;&s;er time.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="37" REF="27">
<HEAD>The time to unbind your Shield.</HEAD>
<P>ANd then after one moneth, or &s;ix wkeks pa&s;t, ye mu&s;t unbind the Shield, or at the lea&s;t cut the Hemp behind the Tree, and let it &s;o remain until the Winter next following, and then about the moneth of <HI>March</HI> or <HI>April,</HI> if ye will, or when ye &s;hall &s;ee the &s;ap of the Shield put forth, then cut the branch above the Shield, three fingers all about all off.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cut and govern the Branches graffed on the Tree.</HEAD>
<P>THen in the next year after that the Cions &s;hall be well &s;trengthened, and when they do begin to &s;pring, then &s;hall ye cut them all hard off about the Shield above, for if ye had cut them &s;o nigh in the fir&s;t year, when they begin fir&s;t to &s;pring or but, it &s;hould greatly hinder them again&s;t their increa&s;e of growing: al&s;o when tho&s;e Cions &s;hall put forth a fair Wood, ye mu&s;t bind and &s;tay them in the mid&s;t, fair and gently with &s;mall wands, or &s;uch like, that the wind and weather hurt them not. And after this manner of graffing, is practi&s;ed in the Shield or Scutchion, which way ye may ea&s;i|ly graffe the white Ro&s;e on the Red: and likewi&s;e ye may have Ro&s;es of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ivers colours and &s;orts upon one branch or Root, This I thought &s;ufficient and meet do declare, of this kind of graffing at this pre&s;ent.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. VI. <HI>Of tran&s;planting or altering of Trees.</HI></HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The &s;ooner ye tran&s;plant or &s;et them, it &s;hall be the better.</HEAD>
<P>YE ought to Tran&s;plant or &s;et your Trees from <HI>Alhal|lontide</HI> unto <HI>March,</HI> and the &s;ooner the better, for as &s;oon as the Leaves are fallen from the Trees, they be meet for to be Planted, if it be not in a very cold or
<PB N="38" REF="28"> moi&s;t place, the which then it were be&s;t for to tarry untill <HI>Ja|nuary,</HI> or <HI>February,</HI> to plant in the Fro&s;t is not good.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To Plant or Set towards the South or Sunny place is be&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>A Fore you do pluck up your trees for to plant them, if ye will mark the South-&s;ide of each trees, that when ye &s;hall replant them, ye may &s;et them again as they &s;tood before, which is the be&s;t way as &s;ome do &s;ay. And if ye keep them a certain time, after they be taken out of the Earth, before ye replant them again, they will rather recover there in the earth, &s;o they be not wet with Rain, nor otherwi&s;e, for that &s;hall be more contrary to them than the great Heat or Drought.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cut the Branches of Trees before they be Set.</HEAD>
<P>WHen&s;oever ye &s;hall &s;et or replant your Trees, fir&s;t ye mu&s;t cut off the boughes, and &s;pecially tho&s;e which are great branches, in &s;uch &s;ort that ye &s;hall leave the &s;mall twigs or &s;prigs, on the &s;tocks of your branch, which mu&s;t be but a &s;haftment long, or &s;omewhat more, or le&s;&s;e according as the Tree &s;hall require, which ye do &s;et.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Apple-trees commonly mu&s;t be disbranched before they be replanted or &s;et.</HEAD>
<P>ANd chiefly the Apple Trees, being Graffed or not Graf|fed, doe require to be disbranched before they be &s;et a|gain, for they &s;hall pro&s;per thereby much the better: the o|ther &s;orts of Trees may well pa&s;&s;e unbranched, if they have not too great or large branches, and therefore it &s;hall be good to tran&s;plant or &s;et, as &s;oon after as the graffes are clo|&s;ed, on the head of the wild Stock, as for &s;mall Trees which have but one Cion or twig, it needs not to cut them above, when they be replanted or removed.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="39" REF="28">
<HEAD>All wild Stocks mu&s;t be disbranched when they are replanted or &s;et.</HEAD>
<P>ALL wild trees or &s;tocks, which ye think for to graffe on, ye mu&s;t fir&s;t cut off all their Branches before ye &s;et them again: al&s;o it &s;hall be good, alwayes to take heed in replan|ting your Trees, that ye do &s;et them again, in as good or bet|ter Earth, than they were in before, and &s;o every Tree, accor|ding as his nature doth require.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>What Trees love the faire Sun, what Trees the cold Ayre.</HEAD>
<P>COmmonly the mo&s;t part of Trees, do love the Sunne at Noon, and yet the South Wind <HI>(or vent d'aval)</HI> is very contrary again&s;t their nature, and &s;pecially the Almond-tree, the Apricock, the Mulberry-tree, the Fig-tree, and the Pom|granade-tree. Certain other Trees there be which love cold Ayre, as the&s;e: the Che&s;nut-tree, the wild and eager Cherry-tree, the Quince-tree, and the Dam&s;on or Plum&punc;tree, the Wal|nut loveth cold Ayre, and a &s;tony white ground. Pear-trees love not greatly plain places, they pro&s;per well enough in places clo&s;ed with walls, or high Hedges, and &s;pecially the Pear called <HI>bon Chri&s;tien.</HI></P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of many &s;orts and manner of Trees following their nature.</HEAD>
<P>THe Dam&s;on or Plum tree doth love a cold fat earth, and clay withall, the (Healm) great Cherry doth love to be &s;et or planted upon Clay. The Pine-tree loveth light earth, &s;tony and &s;andy. The Medlar commeth well enough in all kinde of grounds, and doth not hinder his fruit, to be in the &s;hadow and moi&s;t places. Ha&s;el nut trees love the place to be cold, lean, moi&s;t and &s;andy. Ye &s;hall under&s;tand, that every kind of fruitful Tree doth love, and is more fruitfull in one place, than another, as according unto their nature. Never|thele&s;s, yet we ought to nouri&s;h them (all that we may) in the place where we &s;et them in, in taking them from the place &amp;
<PB N="40" REF="29"> ground they were in. And ye mu&s;t al&s;o con&s;ider when one doth plant them of the great and large&s;t kind of Trees, that every kind of Tree may pro&s;per and grow, and it is to be con&s;idered al&s;o if the Trees have commonly grown afore &s;o large in the ground or not, for in good earth the Trees may well pro&s;per and grow, having a good &s;pace one from ano|ther, more than if the ground were lean or naught.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to place or &s;et Trees at large.</HEAD>
<P>IN this thing ye &s;hall con&s;ider, ye mu&s;t give a competent &s;pace from one Tree to another, when as you make the holes to &s;et them in, not nigh, nor the one tree to touch ano|ther. For a good Tree planted or &s;et well at large, it profit|eth ofttimes more of fruit than three or four Trees &s;et too nigh together. The greate&s;t and large&s;t Trees commonly are Wallnuts and Che&s;nuts, if ye plant them &s;everally in ranks, as they do commonly grow upon high-ways, be&s;ides hedges and fields, &s;et them xxxv foot a&s;under, one from another or thereabout, but if ye will plant many ranks in one place together, ye mu&s;t &s;et them the &s;pace of xlv foot one from a|nother, or thereabout, and &s;o far you mu&s;t &s;et your ranks one from another. For the Pear-trees and Apple-trees, and of other &s;ort of Trees, which may be &s;et of this largene&s;&s;e one from the other, if ye plant onely in ranks by hedges in the fields or otherwi&s;e, it &s;hall be &s;ufficient of xx foot from one another. But if you will &s;et two ranks upon the &s;ides of your great allies in gardens, which be ten or twelve foot broad, it &s;hall be then be&s;t to give them more &s;pace, the one from the other in each rank, as about xxv foot, al&s;o ye mu&s;t not &s;et your Trees right one again&s;t another, but entermed|ling, or between every &s;pace, as they may be&s;t grow at large, that if need be, ye mae plant other &s;mall Trees between, but &s;ee that ye &s;et them not to thick. If ye li&s;t to &s;et or plant all your Trees of one bigne&s;&s;e, as of young Trees like rods, be|ing Peare-trees or Apple-trees, they mu&s;t be &s;et a good di&s;tance one from another, as of twenty or thirty foot in
<PB N="41" REF="29"> &s;quare, as to &s;ay one rank to another. But to plant or &s;et of &s;maller Trees, as Plum-trees and Apple-trees, of the like bigne&s;&s;e, it &s;hall be &s;ufficient for them fourteene or fifteene foot &s;pace in quarters. But if ye will plant or &s;et two ranks in your Allies in gardens, ye mu&s;t devi&s;e for to proportion it after the largene&s;&s;e of your &s;aid Allies. For to plant eager or lower Cherrie-trees, this &s;pace &s;hall be &s;ufficient enough the one from the other, that is of x or xii foot, and therefore if you make of great or large Allyes in your Garden, as of x foot wide or thereabouts, they &s;hall come well to pa&s;&s;e, and &s;hall be &s;ufficient to plant your Trees of nine or ten foote &s;pace, and for the other le&s;&s;er &s;orts of Trees, as of Quince-trees, Fig-trees, Nut-trees, and &s;uch like, which be not com|monly planted, but in one rank together.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Ordering your Trees.</HEAD>
<P>WHen that ye plant or &s;et ranks, or every kind of trees together, ye &s;hall &s;et or plant the &s;malle&s;t to|wards the Sun, and the greate&s;t in the &s;hade, that they may not annoy or hurt the &s;mall, nor the &s;mall the great. Al&s;o when&s;oever ye will plant or &s;et Pear-trees, and Plum-trees, in any place the one with another, better it were to &s;et the Plum-trees next the Sun, for the Peares will dure better in the &s;hade. Al&s;o ye mu&s;t under&s;tand when you &s;et or plant a|ny ranks of Trees together, ye mu&s;t have more &s;pace betwixt your ranks and Trees than when you &s;et but one rank, that they may have roome &s;ufficient on every &s;ide.</P>
<P>Ye &s;hall al&s;o &s;carcely &s;et or plant Peare-trees, or Apple-trees, or other great Trees upon dead or mo&s;&s;ie barren ground un&s;tirred; for they increa&s;e thereon to no purpo&s;e. But other le&s;&s;er Trees very well may grow, as Plum-trees, and &s;uch like: now when all the afore&s;aid things above be con&s;idered, ye &s;hall make your holes according to the &s;pace that &s;hall be required of every tree ye &s;hall plant or &s;et, and al&s;o the place fit for the &s;ame, &s;o much as ye may convenient, ye &s;hall make your holes large enough, for ye mu&s;t &s;uppo&s;e
<PB N="42" REF="30"> the tree you doe &s;et, hath not the half of his roots he &s;hall have hereafter; therefore ye mu&s;t help him and give of good fat earth (or dung) all about the roots, when as ye plant him. And if any of the &s;ame roots be too long, and brui&s;ed or hurt, ye &s;hall cut them clean off a&s;lope wi&s;e, &s;o that the upper &s;ide of each root &s;o cut may be longe&s;t in &s;etting, and for the &s;mall roots which come forth all about thereof, ye may not cut them off as the great roots.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to enlarge the holes for the Trees when you plant them.</HEAD>
<P>FOr when ye &s;et the Trees in the holes, ye mu&s;t then en|large the roots in placing them, and &s;ee that they take all downwards, without turning any roots the ends up|ward, and you mu&s;t not plant or &s;et them too deep in the earth, but as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e. It &s;hall be &s;ufficient for them to be planted or &s;et half a foot or thereabouts in the earth, &s;o that the earth be above all the roots half a foot or more, if the place be not very burning and &s;tony.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Dung and good Earth for your Plants and Trees.</HEAD>
<P>ANd as ye would replant or &s;et, you mu&s;t have of good fat earth or dung, well mingled with a part of the &s;ame earth, out of which you took your plant,, with all the up|per cru&s;ts of the earth, as thick as you can have it: the &s;aid earth which ye &s;hall put about the roots, mu&s;t not be put too nigh the roots, lea&s;t the dung being laid too nigh, the roots &s;hould be put into a heat: but let it be well mingled with the other earth, and well tempered in the holes, and the &s;malle&s;t and &s;lendere&s;t Cions that turnes up among tho&s;e roots ye may plant very well.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>If you have wormes among&s;t the earth of your roots.</HEAD>
<P>IF there be wormes in the fat Earth or Dung, that ye put about your roots, ye mu&s;t al&s;o well mingle it with the
<PB N="43" REF="30"> dung of Oxen or Kine, or &s;lak'd Sope-a&s;hes about the root, which will de&s;troy tho&s;e worms which would have de&s;troy|ed the Roots.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To dig well the Earth about the Trese Rootes.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o ye mu&s;t dig well the earth, principally all round o|ver the roots, and oftner if they be dry, than if they be wet: ye mu&s;t not plant or &s;et Trees when it raineth, nor the earth to be very moi&s;t about the roots. The Trees that be planted or &s;et in Vallies, commonly pro&s;per well by drought: and when it raineth, they that be on the Hills are better by watering with drops than others: and if the ground be moi&s;t by nature, you mu&s;t plant or &s;et your trees not &s;o deep therein.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The nature of Places.</HEAD>
<P>ON high and dry places, ye mu&s;t plant and &s;et your Trees a little deeper than in the Vallies, and ye mu&s;t not fill the holes in high places &s;o full as the other, to the end that the rain may better moi&s;ten them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of good Earth.</HEAD>
<P>VNder&s;tand al&s;o that of good earth commonly cometh good fruit, but in certain places (if they might be &s;uf|fered to grow) they would &s;ea&s;on the tree the better; other|wi&s;e they &s;hall not come to proof, or have a good ta&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>With what ye ought to bind your Trees.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen&s;oever your Trees &s;hall be replanted or &s;et, ye mu&s;t knock by the root a &s;take, and bind your trees thereto for feare of the wind, and when they doe &s;pring, ye &s;hall dre&s;&s;e them and bind them with bands that will not break, you may make them of &s;trong &s;oft hearbs, as Bulru&s;h or &s;uch like, or of old linnen clouts, if the other be not &s;trong enough, or el&s;e ye may bind them with Oziars, or &s;uch like, lea&s;t you hurt or fret your Trees.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="44" REF="31">
<HEAD>CHAP. VII. <HI>Of medicining and keeping the Trees when they are planted.</HI></HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t coun&s;el is, when your Trees be but Plants, in dry weather they mu&s;t be watered.</HEAD>
<P>THe young trees that be newly planted, mu&s;t &s;ometimes in Summer be watered when the time waxeth dry, at the lea&s;t the fir&s;t year after they be planted or &s;et. But as for the greater Trees which are both well taken and rooted a good time, ye mu&s;t dig them all over the Roots after <HI>Al|hallontide,</HI> and uncover them foure or five foot compa&s;&s;e a|bout the root of the Tree: and let them &s;o lie uncovered until the latter end of Winter. And if ye doe, then mingle about each tree of good fat earth or dung, to heat and com|fort the earth withall, it &s;hall be good.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>With what Dung ye ought to dung your Trees.</HEAD>
<P>ANd principally unto Mo&s;&s;ie trees, dung them with Hogs dung mingled with other earth of the &s;ame ground, and let the dung of Oxen be next about the roots, and ye &s;hall al&s;o abate the Mo&s;&s;e of the Trees with a great knife of wood or &s;uch like, &s;o that ye hurt not the barke thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When ye ought to uncover your Trees in Summer.</HEAD>
<P>IN the time of Summer, when the earth is &s;cantly halfe moi&s;t, it &s;hall be good to dig at the foot of the Trees, all about on the root, &s;uch as have not been uncovered in the Winter before, and to mingle it with good fat earth: and &s;o fill it againe, and they &s;hall doe well.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="45" REF="31">
<HEAD>When ye ought to cut and proine your Trees</HEAD>
<P>ANd if there be in your Trees certain branches of &s;uper|fluous wood that ye will cut off, tary til the time of the entring in of the Sap, that is, when they begin to bud, as in <HI>March</HI> and <HI>April:</HI> Then cut off, as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, all &s;uch &s;uperfluous Branches hard by the Tree, that thereby the o|ther Branches may pro&s;per the better, for then they &s;hall &s;ooner clo&s;e their &s;ap upon the cut places than in the win|ter, which &s;hould not doe &s;o well to cut them, as &s;ome doe teach which have no experience. But fora&s;much as in this time the Trees be entring into the &s;ap, as is afore&s;aid. Take heed therefore then in cutting off your great Branches ha&s;ti|ly, that through their great weight, they doe not cleave or &s;eparate the bark from the Tree in any part thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to cut your great Branches, and when.</HEAD>
<P>ANd for the better remedy, fir&s;t you &s;hall cut the &s;ame great Branches, halfe a foot from the tree, and after to &s;aw the re&s;t cleane hard by the body of the tree, then with a broad Chizel cut all clean and &s;mooth upon that place, then cover it with Oxe dung. Ye may al&s;o cut them well in win|ter, &s;o that ye leave the trunke or branch &s;om<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">what longer, &s;o as ye may dre&s;&s;e and cut them again in <HI>March</HI> and <HI>April,</HI> as is before mentioned.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How ye ought to leave the great Branches cut.</HEAD>
<P>OTher things here are to be &s;hewed of certain graffs and old trees onely, which in cutting the great branches truncheon-wi&s;e doe renue again, as W<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lnuts, Mulberry-trees, Plum-trees, Cherry-trees, with others, the bough<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> whereof ye mu&s;t disbranch even after <HI>Alhallontide,</HI> or &s;o &s;oon as their leaves be fallen off, and likewi&s;e before they begin to enter into the Sap.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="46" REF="32">
<HEAD>Of Trees having great Branches.</HEAD>
<P>THe &s;aid great Branches, when ye &s;hall disbranch them, ye &s;hall &s;o cut them off in &s;uch Truncheons, to lengthen the Trees, that the one may be longer than the other, that when the Cions be grown good and long thereon, ye may graffe on them again as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, according as every arm &s;hall require.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of barrenne&s;&s;e of Trees, the time of cutting all Bran|ches and uncovering the Roots.</HEAD>
<P>SOmetimes a man hath certain old Trees, which be almo&s;t &s;pent, as of the Pear-trees, and Plum-trees, and other great Trees, the which bear &s;cant of fruit: but when as ye &s;hall &s;ee &s;ome Branches well charged therewith, then ye ought to cut off the other ill Branches and Boughs, to the end that tho&s;e that remain, may have the more S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">p to nouri&s;h their fruit, and al&s;o to uncover their root after <HI>Alhallontide,</HI> and to cleave the greate&s;t roots thereof (a foot from the trunk) and put into the &s;aid clefts a thin &s;late of hard &s;tone, there let it remain, to the end that the humour of the Tree may enter out thereby, and at the end of Winter ye &s;hall cover him again with as good fat earth as ye can get, and let the &s;tone alone.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees which ye mu&s;t help or pluck up by the Roots.</HEAD>
<P>ALL &s;orts of Trees which &s;pring Cions from the Roots, as Plum-trees, all kind of Cherry-tres, and &s;mall Nut-trees ye mu&s;t help in plucking their Cions from their roots in Winter, as &s;oon as conveniently ye can, after the leaf is fallen. For they do greatly pluck down and weaken the &s;aid trees, in drawing to them the &s;ub&s;tance of the earth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>What doth make a good Nut.</HEAD>
<P>BUt chiefly to plant the&s;e Cions, the be&s;t way is to let them grow and be nouri&s;hed two or three years from
<PB N="47" REF="32"> the root, and then to tran&s;plant them, and &s;et them in the Winter, as is afore&s;aid, the Cions which be taken from the foot of the Ha&s;ell-trees, make good Nuts, and to be of much &s;trength and vertue, when they are not &s;uffered to grow too long from the Root, or foot afore&s;aid.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees eaten with bea&s;ts mu&s;t be graffed again.</HEAD>
<P>WHen certain graffes being well in Sap, of three or four years, or thereabouts, be broken or greatly endammaged with bea&s;ts, which have broken thereof, it &s;hall little profit to leave tho&s;e Graffes &s;o, but it were better to cut them, and to graffe them higher, or lower than they were before. For the Graffes &s;hall take as well upon the new as old Cion being graffed, as on the wild &s;tock: but it &s;hall not &s;o &s;oon clo&s;e, as upon the wild &s;tock-head.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How your wild Stocks ought not ha&s;tily to be removed.</HEAD>
<P>IN the beginning when you have graffed your graffes on the wild Stock, do not then ha&s;tily pluck up tho&s;e Cions or wild &s;tocks &s;o graffed, untill ye &s;hall &s;ee the graffes put forth a new &s;hoot, the which remaining &s;till, ye may graffe there|on again, &s;o that your Graffes in ha&s;ty removing, may chance to dye.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>When ye cut off the naughty Cions from the Wood.</HEAD>
<P>WHen your graffes on the Stocks &s;hall put forth of new wood, or a new &s;hoot, as of two or three foot long, and if they put forth al&s;o of other &s;mall &s;uperfluous Cion<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> (about the &s;aid members or branches that ye would nouri&s;h) cut off all &s;uch ill Cions hard by the head, in the &s;ame year they are graffed in, but not &s;o long as the wood is in Sappe, till the Winter after.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="48" REF="33">
<HEAD>How &s;ometimes to cut the principal Members.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o it is good to cut &s;ome of the principall Members or Branches in the fir&s;t yeare, if they have too many, and then again within two or three years after, when they &s;hall be well &s;prung up, and the graffs well clo&s;ed on the head of the &s;tock: ye may trim and dre&s;&s;e them again, in taking away the &s;uperfluous branches, if any there remain, for it is &s;ufficient enough to nouri&s;h a young tree, to leave him one principall Member on the head, &s;o that it may be one of tho&s;e that hath been graffed on the tree before, yea, and the tree &s;hall be fairer and better in the end, than if he had two or three branches, or precidence at the foot. But if the tree have been graffed with many great Cions, then you mu&s;t leave him more largely, according as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e or need, to recover the clefts on the head of the &s;aid graffe or <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ocke.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to guide and governe the &s;aid Trees.</HEAD>
<P>WHen your trees doe begin to &s;pring, ye mu&s;t order and &s;ee to them well, for the &s;pace of three or four yeares or more, until they be well and &s;trongly growne, in helping them above, in cutting the &s;mall twigs and &s;uperfluous wood, until they be &s;o high without branches, as a man, or more if it may be, and then &s;ee to them well, in placing the the principall branches, if need be, with forks or wands pricked right and well about them at the foot, and to proin them, &s;o that one branch approach not too nigh the other, nor yet the one fret the other, when as they doe enlarge and grow, and ye mu&s;t al&s;o cut off certaine branches from them where they are too thick.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>A kind of &s;ickne&s;&s;e in Trees.</HEAD>
<P>LIkewi&s;e when certain trees are &s;ick of the Gall, which is a kind of &s;ickne&s;&s;e that doth eat the bark, therefore you mu&s;t cut it, and take out all the &s;ame infection with a
<PB N="49" REF="33"> little Chizel, or &s;uch like thing. This mu&s;t be done at the end of Winter, then put Oxe dung or Hogs dung upon the infected place, and bind it fa&s;t thereon with Clouts, and wrap it with Oziars, and &s;o let it remaine a long time, un|til it have recovered again.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Trees which have wormes in the Barke.</HEAD>
<P>OF trees which have wormes within their Barkes, you &s;hall know them when as you &s;hall &s;ee a &s;welling or ri|&s;ing therein, therefore you mu&s;t cut or cleave the &s;aid barke unto the wood, that the humour may di&s;til out thereat, and with a little hook you mu&s;t pluck or draw out the &s;aid wormes with all the rotten wood you can &s;ee, then &s;hall you put upon the &s;aid place a plai&s;ter made of Oxe dung or Hogs dung, mingled and beaten with Sage, and a little un|flaked Lime, then let it be well boyled together, and wrap it on a cloth, and bind it fa&s;t and clo&s;e thereon &s;o long as it will hold. The Lees of Wine &s;hed or poured upon the roots of trees, which be &s;omewhat &s;ick through the coldne&s;&s;e of the earth, which Lees do them much good.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Snayles, Ants and Wormes do marre the Trees.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o ye mu&s;t take heed of all manner of young trees, and e&s;pecially of tho&s;e graffes, which are endammged and hurt in the Summer time by Wormes and Flies, tho&s;e are the Snayles, the Pi&s;mires or Ants: the field Snaile, which doth hurt al&s;o all other &s;orts of Trees that be great, chiefly in the time the Cuckoe doth &s;ing, and betwixt <HI>April</HI> and <HI>Mid&s;ummer</HI> while they be tender. There be little bea&s;ts called Sowes which have many Legs, and &s;ome of them be gray, &s;ome black, and &s;ome of them have a long &s;harpe &s;nowt, which be very noy&s;ome, and great hurters of young Graffes, and other young trees al&s;o, for they cut them off in eating the tender top of the young Cions the length of a mans fin|ger.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<PB N="50" REF="34">
<HEAD>How you ought to take the &s;aid Wormes.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to take them well, ye mu&s;t take heed and watch in the heat of the day your young trees, and where you &s;hall &s;ee any, put your hand &s;oftly underneath, without &s;haking the tree, for they will &s;uddenly fall ere one thinketh to take them: therefore &s;o &s;oone as you can (that they flye not away nor fall) take them quickly on the Cion with your other hand.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To keep Ants from young trees.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to keep the young trees from Snailes and Ants, it &s;hall be good to take A&s;hes, and to mix un&s;lak't Lime, beaten in powder therewith, then lay it about the root of the tree, and when it raineth, they will be beat downe into the a&s;hes and die: but you mu&s;t renue your a&s;hes after every rain from time to time: al&s;o to keep them moi&s;t, ye mu&s;t put certain &s;mall Ve&s;&s;els full of water at the foot of your &s;aid trees, and al&s;o the lees of wine to &s;pread on the ground thereabouts. For the be&s;t de&s;troying of the &s;mall Snailes on the trees, ye mu&s;t take good heed in the Spring time, before the trees be leaved, then if ye &s;hall &s;ee, as it were &s;mall warts, knobs or branches on the Trees, the &s;ame will be Snayles. Provide to take them away fair and &s;oftly before they be full clo&s;ed, and take heed that ye hurt not the wood or bark of the &s;aid Tree, as little as ye can, then burne tho&s;e Branches on the Earth, and tread them under your feet, and then if any doe remain or renew, look in the heat of the day, and if ye can &s;ee any, which will commonly be on the clefs or forks of the Branches, and al&s;o upon the Branches lying like toftes or Troops together, then wrap your hands all over with old clothes, and bind leaves beneath them and above them, and with your two hands rub them down therein, and im|mediately fire it, if you doe not quickly with diligence, they will fall, and if they fall on the earth, ye will hardly kill them, but they will renew again: the&s;e kind of wormes are
<PB N="51" REF="34"> noi&s;ome flies, which be very &s;trange, therefore take heed that they doe not ca&s;t a certaine redne&s;&s;e on your face and body, for whereas they be many of them, they be dangerous, it is &s;t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ange to tell of the&s;e kind of Wormes, if ye come under or among the Trees where many be, they will ca&s;t your face and hands, your covered body (as your neck, brea&s;t, and armes) full of &s;mall &s;pots, &s;ome red, &s;ome black &s;ome blu|i&s;h, which will tingle, and trouble you like &s;o many nettles, &s;ometimes for a day, or a day and a night after: they be mo&s;t on Plum-trees and Apple-trees nigh unto moi&s;t places, and ill ayres: yet neverthele&s;&s;e, by the grace of God there is no danger, that I under&s;tand to be taken by them, that if it be in the evening or in the morning, when it raineth, they will remain about the graffing place of the Tree, there|fore it will be hard to find them, becau&s;e they are &s;o &s;mall: Moreover, if &s;uch branches doe remaine in the upper part of the boughs all under, then with a wi&s;pe on a Poles end, &s;et fire on all and burne them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>A Note in Spring time of Fumigations.</HEAD>
<P>HEre is to be under&s;tood and noted, that in the &s;pring time onely, when trees begin to put forth leaves and blo&s;&s;oms, ye mu&s;t then alwayes take heed unto them to defend them from the F<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">o&s;t, if there be any, with Fumigations or &s;mokes, made on the windy &s;ides of your Orchards, or under your trees with Straw, Hay, dry Chaffe, dry Oxe-dung, Saw-du&s;t dryed in an Oven, Tanners Oze dryed likewi&s;e, <HI>Galbanum,</HI> old &s;hoes, Thatch of hou&s;es, haire and &s;uch like, one of the&s;e to be mixt with another: all the&s;e be good again&s;t the Fro&s;t in Spring time, and e&s;pecially good again&s;t the Ea&s;t-wind, which breedeth (as &s;ome &s;ay) the Caterpiller worme.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To defend from the Caterpiller.</HEAD>
<P>ANd &s;ome doe defend their Trees from the Caterpiller, when the blo&s;&s;oming time is dry (if there be not a Fro&s;t) by ca&s;ting on water, or &s;alt water, every &s;econd or
<PB N="52" REF="35"> third day upon their trees, with in&s;truments for the &s;ame purpo&s;e, as with Squirts of Wood or Bra&s;&s;e or &s;uch like, for in keeping them moi&s;t, the Caterpillar cannot breed there|on; this experience I have known proved of late to be good. For to conclude, he that will &s;et or plant trees, mu&s;t not pa&s;&s;e for any pains, but to tak<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> plea&s;ure and delight there|in, con&s;idering the great profit that cometh thereby: Again&s;t &s;carcene&s;&s;e of Corne, Fruit is a very good &s;tay for the Poore, and often it hath been &s;een, one Acre of Or|chard ground, worth 4 acres of Wheat ground. &dtristar;</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="text">
<PB N="53" REF="35">
<HEAD>Here followeth a little TREATISE How one may Graffe, Plant, and Garden, &s;ubtily or artificially, and to make many things in Gardens very &s;trange.</HEAD>
<P>_FOr to graffe a &s;ubtle way, take one oylet or eye of a Graffe, &s;lit it round, above &amp; beneath, and then behind downe-right, then wreathe him off, and &s;et him upon another Cion, as great as he is, then dre&s;&s;e him as is afore&s;aid, and he &s;hall grow and beare.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To graffe one Vine upon another.</HEAD>
<P>BUt to graff one Vine upon another, ye &s;hall cleave him as ye doe other trees, and then put the Vine graff in the cleft, then &s;top him well and clo&s;e with Wax, and &s;o bind him and, he &s;hall grow.</P>
<P>YE &s;hall uncover his root, and make a hole with a Piercer or &s;mall Augur in the greate&s;t root he hath, without piercing through the root, then put a pin in the &s;aid hole of dry Wood, as Oake or A&s;he, and &s;o let it remine in the
<PB N="54" REF="36"> &s;aid hole, and &s;top it clo&s;e againe with wax, and then ca&s;t earth and cover him againe, and he &s;hall beare the &s;ame yeare.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to have Peaches two moneths before others</HEAD>
<P>TAke your Cions of a Peach-tree that doth &s;oon blo&s;&s;om in the Spring time, and graffe them upon a frank Mul|berry-tree, and he &s;hall bring of peaches two moneths be|fore others.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>To have Dam&s;ons or Plums unto</HI> Alhallontide.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have Dam&s;ons all Summer long, even unto <HI>Al|hallontide,</HI> and of many other kind of &s;orts likewi&s;e, ye &s;hall graffe them upon the goo&s;eberry-tree, upon the franke Mulberry-tree, and upon the Cherry, and they &s;hall endure on the Trees till <HI>Alhallontide.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To make Medlars, Cherries, and Peaches in eating to ta&s;t like Spices.</HEAD>
<P>TO make Medlars, Cherries, and Pears to ta&s;t in the eating plea&s;ant like &s;pice, which may al&s;o keep until the new come again, ye &s;hall graffe them upon the frank Mulberry-tree, as I have before declared, and in the graffing ye &s;hall wet them in hony, and put a little of the powder of &s;ome good &s;pices, as the pouder of Cloves, Cinamon or Ginger.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To make a Mu&s;cadel ta&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>TO make a Mu&s;cadel ta&s;t, take a Gouge or Chizel of Iron, and cut your Sap round about, then put in your gouge, or chizel under your Sap on your Cion, and rai&s;e three eys or eylets round about, and &s;o take off &s;oftly your barke round about, and when he is &s;o taken off, annoint it all over within the barke with powder of Cloves or Nutmegs, then &s;et it on againe, &s;top it clo&s;e with Wax round about,
<PB N="55" REF="36"> in&s;omuch that no water may enter in, and within three times bearing, they &s;hall bring a faire Mu&s;cadel Rei&s;on, which you may after both graffe and plant, and they &s;hall be all after a Mu&s;cadel fruit, &s;ome &s;lit the barke downe and &s;o put in the &s;pice.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To &s;et Apples and Peares to come without blo&s;&s;oming.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to make Apples and Pears, and other &s;orts of fruit to come without blo&s;&s;oming, that is, ye &s;hall graffe them as ye doe other kind of fruit upon Fig-trees.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have Apples and Che&s;nuts rath, and al&s;o long on Trees.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have Apples called (in French) <HI>de blanc Durell,</HI> or <HI>de Yroal,</HI> and of Che&s;nuts very rath, and long (as until <HI>Alhallontide,)</HI> on the trees, and make &s;uch fruit al&s;o to en|dure the &s;pace of two yeares, ye &s;hall graffe them on a later-ward fruit, as Pome-Richard, or upon a pear-tree, or Apple-tree of <HI>Dangoi&s;e.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>To have good Cherries on the Trees at</HI> Alhallontide.</HEAD>
<P>TO have Cherries on many trees, good for to eat until <HI>Alhallontide,</HI> ye &s;hall graffe them upon a frank Mulberry-tree, likewi&s;e graffe them upon a Willow or Sallow-tree, and they &s;hall endure unto <HI>Alhallontide</HI> on the Tree.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have rath Medlars two moneths before other<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HEAD>
<P>FOr to have Medlars two moneths &s;ooner than others: and the one &s;hall be better farre than the other, ye &s;hall graffe them upon a Goo&s;eberry-tree, and al&s;o a frank Mul|berry-tree, and before ye doe graffe them, ye &s;hall wet them in Hony, and then &s;o graffe them.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>For to have rath or timely Peares.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have a rath Peare, the which is in France, as the Peare <HI>Cailonet,</HI> and the Peare <HI>Ha&s;timean.</HI> For to have
<PB N="56" REF="37"> them rathe or &s;oon, ye &s;hall graffe them on the Pine-tree: And for to have them late, ye &s;hall graff them on the Pear, called in French <HI>Dangoi&s;e,</HI> or on other like hard Peares,</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have Mi&s;pels or Medlars without Stones.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have Medlars without &s;tones, which &s;hall ta&s;t as &s;weet as hony, ye &s;hall graffe them as the other, upon an Eglentine, or &s;weet Bryar-tree, and ye &s;hall wet the graffes before ye graffe them in Hony.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have Peares betimes.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o to have the peare <HI>Angui&s;e,</HI> or <HI>Permaine,</HI> or <HI>Satigle,</HI> (which be of certaine places &s;o called) a Moneth or two before others, which &s;hall endure and be good until the new come again, ye &s;hall graffe them upon a Quince-tree, and likewi&s;e upon the frank Mulberry-tree.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have ripe or frank Mulberries very &s;oon and late.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have frank or ripe Mulberries very &s;oone, ye &s;hall graff them upon a rath peare-tree, and upon the Goo&s;e|berry-tree, and to have very late, and to endure unto <HI>Alhal|lontide,</HI> ye &s;hall graffe them on the Medlar-tree.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To keepe Peares a year.</HEAD>
<P>HOw to keep peares a year, ye &s;hall take fine &s;alt very dry, and put thereof with your peares into a barrell, in &s;uch &s;ort that one Peare doe not touch another, &s;o fill the bar|rel if ye li&s;t, then &s;top it, and let it &s;tand in &s;ome dry place, that the Salt wax not moi&s;t, thus you may keep them long and good.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have your fruit ta&s;t half Apples, half Peares.</HEAD>
<P>IF you will have your fruit ta&s;t halfe Peare, and halfe an Apple, ye &s;hall in the &s;pring take the graffs, the one a peare
<PB N="57" REF="37"> and the other an Apple, ye &s;hall cleave or pare them in the graffing joynt or place, and joyne halfe the Peare Cion, and halfe Apple Cion, &s;et them into your &s;tock, and &s;ee that no raine enter therein upon your joynt, the fruit &s;hall bring thee halfe a Peare, the other halfe an Apple in ta&s;t.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Times of Graffing.</HEAD>
<P>IT is good to graff one or two dayes before the change, and no more, for look &s;o many more dayes as ye &s;hall graff be|fore them, &s;o many more years it will be ere your trees &s;hall bring fruit: It is al&s;o good graffing in the increa&s;e of the Moone, but the &s;ooner after the change the better.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To graffe the Quine Apple.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye graffe the Quine Apple upon an Apple-&s;tock, he will not long continue without the Canker, and if you graffe him on a knotty young crab-&s;tock, he &s;hall endure long without the Canker.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To de&s;troy Pi&s;mires or Ants about a Tree.</HEAD>
<P>TO de&s;troy Emets or Auts which be about a Tree, if ye re|move and &s;tir the earth about the root of the &s;aid Tree, then put thereon all about a great quantity of the foote of a Chimny, and the Ants and Pi&s;mires will either be gone or &s;hortly die.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Another for the &s;ame.</HEAD>
<P>TO de&s;troy Ants another way, take of the Saw-du&s;t of Oake wood onely, and &s;trew that about the Trees root, and the next raine that falleth, all the Pi&s;mires and Ants &s;hall die there. For Earewigs, &s;hoes &s;topt with Hay, and hanged on the Tree one night, they come all in.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have Nuts, Plums and Almonds greater than other</HEAD>
<P>To have great Nuts, and Plums, and Almonds greater than others, ye &s;hall take four Nuts or of any of this
<PB N="58" REF="38"> fruit above&s;aid, and put them into a pot of earth, joyning the one to the other as nere as you can, then make a hole in the bottom of the pot, through the which holes the&s;e Nuts &s;hall be con&s;trained to i&s;&s;ue, and being &s;o con&s;trained for to i&s;&s;ue, &s;hall come to perfection and grow together as in one Tree, Which in time &s;hall bring his fruit greater and arger then others.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To make an Oake or other Tree as green in Winter, as in Summer.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o to make an Oake or other Tree to be green a&s;wel in Winter as in Summer, ye &s;hall take the graffe of an Oke tree, or other Tree, and graffe it upon the Holly tree; the be&s;t and &s;ure&s;t way is, to graffe one through the other. and who &s;o will make an Orchard, he ought (if he can) to make it in a moi&s;t place, whereas the South winds or Sea winds may have recour&s;e unto them.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The time of Planting with Roots and without Roots.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o the be&s;t time to plant or &s;et without roots, as with branches or &s;tevering<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of all &s;orts of Trees, which hath a pith as Fig-trees, Hazel-trees, Mulberry-trees, and Vines, with other like trees, which ought to be &s;et from the midde&s;t of <HI>September,</HI> if the leaves be off, until <HI>Alhallontide,</HI> and all o|thers Trees with roots, ought to be &s;et in Advent untill <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> or pre&s;ently after, if the time be not very cold and dangerous.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To keep fruit from the Fro&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o to keep fruit from the Fro&s;t, and in good colour till the new come again, ye ought &s;o to gather them when the time is faire and dry, and the Moon in her decrea&s;ing, &amp; that they lye al&s;o in dry places by night covered thinn with wheat &s;traw, and if the time of winter be cold and very hard, then put Hay above them in your &s;traw, and take it away
<PB N="59" REF="38"> when as a fair time cometh, and thus ye &s;hall keep your fruit faire and good.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The dayes to plant and graffe.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o, as &s;ome &s;ay, from the fir&s;t day of the new Moon, unto the xiii. day thereof, is good to plant, or graffe, or &s;ow, and for great need &s;ome take unto the xvii. or xviii. day thereof, and not after either graffe or &s;ow, but as is afore mentioned, a day or two dayes before the change, the be&s;t &s;ignes are <HI>Taurus, &V;irgo</HI> and <HI>Capricorne.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To have green Ro&s;es all the year.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have green Ro&s;es, ye &s;hall as, &s;ome &s;ay, take your Ro&s;e buds in the Spring time, and then graffe them upon the Holly-&s;tock, and they &s;hall be green all the year.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To keep Rai&s;ons or Grapes good a year.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to keep Raisons or Grapes good a whole yeare, ye &s;hall take of fine dried &s;and, and then lay your Rai&s;ons or grapes therein, and it &s;hall keep them good a whole year. Some keep them in a clo&s;e Gla&s;&s;e from the ayre.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To make fruit laxative from the Tree.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to make any fruit laxative from the Tree, what fruit &s;oever it be, make a hole in the &s;tock, or in the ma&s;ter-root of the Tree (with a piercer &s;lope-wi&s;e) not through, but unto the pith, or &s;omewhat further, then fill the &s;aid hole with the juyce of Elder, <HI>Centory, Senith</HI> or <HI>Turbith,</HI> or &s;uch like laxatives, then fill the &s;aid holes therewith of which of them ye will, or el&s;e you may take three of them together, and fill the &s;aid hole therewith, and then &s;top the &s;aid hole clo&s;e with &s;oft wax, then lay it thereon, and put mo&s;&s;e all over, &s;o that nothing may fall out, and for ever after the fruit of the Tree &s;hall be laxative.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="60" REF="39">
<HEAD>A Note for all grafters and Planters.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o when&s;oever ye &s;hall plant or graffe, it &s;hall be meet and good for you to &s;ay as followeth. In the name of God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Gho&s;t, Amen. Increa&s;e and multiply, and repleni&s;h the earth: and &s;ay the Lords Prayer, then &s;ay: Lord God heare my Prayer, &amp; let this my de&s;ire be heard of thee. The holy Spirit of God, which hath created all things for Man, and hath given them for our comfort, in thy name, O LORD, we &s;et, plant, and graffe, de&s;iring that by thy mighty power they may increa&s;e &amp; multiply upon the earth, in bear|ing plenty of fruit, unto the profit and comfort of all the faithfull people, through Chri&s;t our Lord Amen. &dtristar;</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="61" REF="39" MS="y">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a man attaching a graft to a tree-stump, with two nearby trees already grafted</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>Here followeth certain waies of Planting or Graffing, with other nece&s;&s;aries herein meet to be known.</P>
<P><HI>Tran&s;lated out of Dutch, by L. M.</HI></P>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To graffe one Vine upon another.</HEAD>
<P>YOu that will graffe one Vine upon another, ye &s;hall (in <HI>January)</HI> cleave the head of the Vines, as ye doe other &s;tocks, and then put in your Vine Graffe or Cion, but fir&s;t you mu&s;t pare him thin, ere ye &s;et him in the head, then clay and mo&s;&s;e him as the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Cho&s;en dayes to graffe in, and choo&s;e your Cions.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o when&s;oever that ye will graffe, your choice&s;t time will be on the la&s;t day before the change, and al&s;o in the
<PB N="62" REF="40"> Change, as al&s;o upon the &s;econd day after the change, if ye graffe (as &s;ome report) on the third, fourth, or fifth day after the change, it will be many years ere tho&s;e trees bring forth fruit. Ye may believe it, but I will not. Some think it is good graffing from the change unto the xviii day thereof, this I think good the Moon increa&s;ing, the &s;ooner the better.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To gather your Cions.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o &s;uch Cions or Graffs, which you get on other trees, the young Trees of three, four, five or &s;ix years growth are be&s;t to take graffs. Take them of no under boughs, but in the top on the Ea&s;t &s;ide, if ye can, and the faire&s;t and greate&s;t. Ye &s;hall cut them two inches long of the old wood beneath the joynt. And when you graff, cut them taper-wi&s;e from the joynt two inches or more of length, which &s;et into the &s;tock, and before you &s;et it in, open your &s;tock with a wedg of Iron or hard wood &s;oftly; then if the &s;ides of your clefts be rag|ged, pare them on both &s;ides with the point of a &s;harp knife within and above, then &s;et in your graffes clo&s;e on the out|&s;ides, and al&s;o above, but let your &s;tock be as little while o|pen as ye can, and when your graffs be well &s;et in, pluck out your wedge, and if your &s;tocks do pinch your graffs much, then ye mu&s;t put in a wedge of the &s;ame wood to help your graffs: then lay a thick bark or peel over the cleft from the one graff to the other, to keep out the clay and rain, and clay them two fingers thick round about the clefts, then lay on mo&s;&s;e, but wool is better next your clay, or temper your clay with wool or hair, for it will abide clo&s;er and &s;tronger on the &s;tock head, &s;ome take wool next the clay, and wrap it all over with linnen cloths, for the wool being once moi&s;t will keep the clay &s;o a long time. Others take woollen clouts, that have been laid in the juyce of Worm-wood or &s;uch like bitter thing, to keep creeping worms from coming under to the graffs. If ye graff or plant in the Winter, put your clay uppermo&s;t, for Summer your Mo&s;&s;e. For in Winter the Mo&s;&s;e is warme, and your clay will not cleave. In Summer
<PB N="63" REF="40"> your clay is cold, and your Mo&s;&s;e keeps him from cleaving or chapping. To bind them take Willow peels, cloven B<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y|ars, Oziars and &s;uch like. To gather your graffe on the Ea&s;t part, of the Tree is counted be&s;t; if ye gather them below on the under-boughs, they will grow flaggie and &s;preading a|broad: If ye take them in the top of the Tree, they will grow upright. Yet &s;ome doe gather their Cions or graffes on the &s;ides of the Trees, and &s;o graffe them againe on the like &s;ides of the &s;tocks, which by &s;ome men is not counted &s;o good for fruit. It is not good to graff a great &s;tocke, for they will be long ere they cover the head thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Worms in Trees or Fruit</HEAD>
<P>IF ye have any Trees eaten with worms, or bring wormy fruit, wa&s;h his body and great branches with two parts of Cow-pi&s;&s;e and one of Vinegar, and if you can get no Vine|gar, with Cow-pi&s;&s;e alone tempered with common A&s;hes. This mu&s;t be done before the Spring, in the Spring or Sum|mer. Anni&s;eeds &s;own about the Trees roots drive away worms, and the fruit will be the &s;weeter.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The &s;etting of Stones and ordering of them.</HEAD>
<P>AS for Almond Trees, Peach&punc;trees Cherry-trees Plum-trees, or other, plant or &s;et them thus. Lay fir&s;t the &s;tones in water three dayes and four nights until they &s;inke therein, then take them betwixt your finger and your thumb with the &s;mall end upward, and &s;o &s;et them two fingers deep in good earth, and when ye have &s;o done, ye &s;hall rake them all over, and &s;o cover them, and when they begin to gr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">w or &s;pring, keep them from weeds, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hey will pro&s;per the bet|ter, &s;pecially in the fir&s;t yeare. And within two or three year after ye &s;hall &s;et or remove them where you li&s;t, if ye re|move them after that, ye mu&s;t proin off all his twigs, as ye &s;ee cau&s;e, nigh the &s;tock: This ye may doe with all kind of Trees, chiefly &s;uch as have the great Sap, as the Mulberry or Fig-trees, or &s;uch like.</P>
<PB N="64" REF="41">
<P>his twigs, as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, nigh the &s;tock: this ye may doe of all kind of Trees, but e&s;pecially tho&s;e which have the great Sap, as the Mulberry or Fig-trees or &s;uch like.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Togather Gumme of any Tree.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye li&s;t to have the Gum of an Almond tree, ye &s;hall &s;tick a great naile into the Tree a good way, and &s;o let him re&s;t, and the Gumme of the Tree &s;hall i&s;&s;ue out thereat, thus doe men gather Gumme of all &s;orts of Trees: yea, the common Gumme that men doe u&s;e and occupy.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To &s;et a whole Apple.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o &s;ome &s;ay, that if ye &s;et a whole Apple four fingers in the earth, all the P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">pins or Curnels in the &s;ame Apple, will grow up together in one whole &s;tock or Cion, and all tho&s;e Apples &s;hall be much fairer and greater than others: but ye mu&s;t take heed how you &s;et tho&s;e Apples, which doe come in Leap-year, for in Leap-year (as &s;ome doe &s;ay) the Curnels or Pepins are turned contrary, for if ye would &s;o &s;et, as commonly a man doth, ye &s;hall &s;et them contrary.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of &s;etting the Almond.</HEAD>
<P>ALmonds doe come forth and grow commonly well, if they be &s;et without the &s;hell or husk, in good earth or in rotten Hogs dung: If ye lay Almonds one day in Vine|gar, then &s;hall they (as &s;ome &s;ay) be very good to plant, or lay him in milk or water until he doe &s;inke, it &s;hall be the better to &s;et, or any other Nut.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Pepins watered.</HEAD>
<P>THe Pepins and Curnels of tho&s;e Trees, which have a thick or rough bark, if ye lay them three dayes in water, or el&s;e untill they &s;ink therein, they &s;hall be the better, than &s;et them, or &s;ow them, as is before mentioned, and then re|move them when they be well rooted, or of three or four years growth, and they &s;hall have a thin bark.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To plant or &s;et Vines.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye plant or &s;et Vines, in the fir&s;t or &s;econd year they will bring no fruit, but in the third year they will bear, if they
<PB N="65" REF="41"> be well kept: ye &s;hall cut them in <HI>January,</HI> and &s;et them &s;oon after they be cut from the Vine, and ye &s;hall &s;et two together, the one with the old wood, and the other without, and &s;o let them grow, plucking away all weeds from about them, &amp; when ye &s;hall remove them in the &s;econd and third year, be|ing well rooted, ye &s;hall &s;et them well a foot deep, (in good fat earth) with good dung, as of one foot deep or therea|bouts, and keep them clean from weeds, for then they will pro&s;per the better, and in Summer, when the Grape is knit, then ye &s;hall break off his top or branch, at one or two joints after the Grape, and &s;o the Grape &s;hall be the greater, and in the Winter when ye cut them, ye &s;hall not leave pa&s;t two or three leaders on each branch, on &s;ome branch but one leader, w^c^h mu&s;t be cut betwixt two joynts, &amp; ye &s;hall leave the yong Vine to be the leader. Al&s;o ye &s;hall leave thereof three or four joynts at all times, if a young Cion do come forth of the old branch, or &s;ide thereof, if ye do cut him, ye &s;hall cut him hard by the old branch, and if ye will have him to bring the Grape next year, ye &s;hall leave two or three joynts thereof; for the yong Cion alwayes bringeth the Grape: ye may at all times, &s;o that the Grape be once taken and knit, ever as the &s;uperflu|ous Cions do grow, break them at a joynt, or hard by the old branch, and the Grape will be the greater: thus ye may order your Vine all the Summer long without any hurt</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To &s;et or plant the Cherry.</HEAD>
<P>CHerry-trees, and all trees of &s;tone-fruit would be planted or &s;et of Cions, and cold Grounds, and places of good earth, and likewi&s;e in high or hilly places, dry and well in the &s;hade, if ye do remove, ye ought to remove them in <HI>Novem|ber</HI> and <HI>January,</HI> if ye &s;hall &s;ee your Cherry-tree wax rotten, then &s;hall ye make a hole in the midde&s;t of the body two foot above the ground with a big Piercer, that the humour may pa&s;&s;e forth thereby, then afore the Spring &s;hut him up again with a pin of the &s;ame tree: thus ye may do unto all other &s;orts of trees when they begin to rot, is al&s;o good for them
<PB N="66" REF="42"> which bear &s;cant of fruit or none.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To keep Cherries good a year.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to keep Cherries good a year, ye &s;hall cut off the &s;talks, and then lay them in a well leaded pot, and fill the &s;aid pot therewith, then put into them of good thin Honey, and fill the &s;aid pot therewith, then &s;top it with clay that no aire enter in, then &s;et them in &s;ome fair Sellar, and put of Sand under and all about it, and cover the pot well withall, &s;o let it &s;tand or remain; thus ye may keep them a year, as fre&s;h as though they came from the Tree, and after this &s;ort ye may keep Pears or other fruit.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Again&s;t Pi&s;mires.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye have Cherry-trees laden or troubled with Pi&s;mires or Ants, ye &s;hall rub the body of the Tree, and all about the root with the juice of Pur&s;lane mingled half with Vineger. Some do u&s;e to anoint the Tree beneath all about the body with t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rr and birds-lime, with wool, oyl, boiled together, and anoint the tree beneath therewith, and lay the Chalk &s;tones all about the Tree root, &s;ome &s;ay it is good therefore.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The &s;etting of Che&s;nuts.</HEAD>
<P>THe Che&s;nut-tree men do u&s;e to plant like unto the Fig-tree. They may be both planted and graffed well, they wax well in fre&s;h and fat earth, for in Sand they like not. If ye will &s;et the Curnells, ye &s;hall lay them in water untill they do &s;ink, and tho&s;e that do &s;ink to the bottome of the water be be&s;t to &s;et, which ye &s;hall &s;et in the Moneth of <HI>November,</HI> and <HI>December,</HI> foure fingers deep, a foot one from another, for when they be in the&s;e two Moneths Set or Planted, they &s;hall endure long, and bear al&s;o good fruit, yet &s;ome there be that Plant or Set them fir&s;t in dung like Beans, which will be &s;weeter than the other &s;ort, but tho&s;e which be &s;et in the&s;e two Moneths afore&s;aid, &s;hall fir&s;t bear their fruit, men may prove which is be&s;t, experience doth teach.</P>
<P>This is another way to prove and know, which Che&s;nuts be be&s;t to plant or &s;et, that is, ye &s;hall take a quantity of nuts,
<PB N="67" REF="42"> then lay them in Sand the &s;pace of thirty dayes, then take and wa&s;h them in water fair and clean, and throw them into water again, and tho&s;e which do &s;ink to the bottome, are good to plant or &s;et, and the other that &s;wim are naught; thus may ye do with all other Curnels or nuts.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To have all &s;tone fruit ta&s;te, as ye &s;hall think good.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye will have all &s;tone-fruit ta&s;t as ye &s;hall fan&s;ie or think good, ye &s;hall fir&s;t lay your &s;tones to &s;oke in &s;uch liquor or moi&s;ture, as ye will have the fruit ta&s;t of, and then &s;et them, as for the Date tree (as &s;ome &s;ay) he bringeth no fruit, except he be a hundred year old, and the Date-&s;tone mu&s;t &s;oke one Moneth in the water before he be &s;et, then &s;hall ye &s;et him with the &s;mall end upward in good fat earth, in hot Sandy ground four fingers deep, and when the boughs do begin to &s;pring, then &s;hall ye every night &s;princkle them with rain water, or other (if ye have none) &s;o long till they be come forth and grown.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of graffing the Medlar and Mi&s;ple.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to graffe the Medlar or Mi&s;ple: men do u&s;e to graffe them on the White Hathorn Tree, they will prove well, but yet &s;mall and &s;owr fruit, to graffe one Medlar upon a|nother is the better, &s;ome men do graffe fir&s;t the Wilding Ci|on upon the Medlar &s;tock, and &s;o when he is well taken and grown, then they graffe thereon the Medlar again, the which doth make them more &s;weet, very great and fair.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Fig-tree.</HEAD>
<P>THe Fig-tree in &s;ome Country beareth his fruit foure times a Year, the black Figges are the be&s;t being dryed in the Sunne, and then laid in a Ve&s;&s;ell in beddes one by another, and then &s;princkled or &s;trawed all over, every Lay with fine Meal, then &s;top it up, and &s;o it is &s;ent out of that Land. If the Fig-tree will not beare, ye &s;hall digge
<PB N="68" REF="43"> him all about, and under the roots in <HI>February,</HI> and take out then all his earth, and put unto him the dung of a Privy, for that he liketh be&s;t: ye may mingle with it other fat earth, as Pigeons Dung mingled with Oyl, and Pepper &s;tampt, which &s;hall forward him much to anoint his roots therwith: ye &s;hall not plant the Fig-tree in cold times, he loveth hot, &s;tony, or gravelly ground, and to be planted in Autumne is be&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Mulberry-tree.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye will plant the Mulberry-tree, the Fig-tree, or others which bring no &s;eed, ye &s;hall cut a twig or branch (from the tree root) of a years growth, with the old wood or bark, about a cubit long, which ye &s;hall plant or &s;et in all the earth &s;aven &s;haftment long to it, and &s;o let it grow, water|ing it as ye &s;hall &s;ee need. This mu&s;t be done before the leaves be in to &s;pring, but take heed ye cut not the end or top a|bove, for then it &s;hall wither and dry.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of trees that bear bitter fruit.</HEAD>
<P>OF all &s;uch Trees as bear bitter fruit, to make them bring &s;weeter, ye &s;hall uncover all the roots in <HI>January,</HI> and take out all that earth, then put unto them of Hogs dung great plenty, and then after put unto them of other good earth, and &s;o cover them therewithall well again, and their fruit &s;hall have a &s;weeter ta&s;te. Thus men m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y do with other Trees which bring bitter fruit.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To help barren Trees.</HEAD>
<P>HEre is another way to help barren Trees, that they may bring fruit, if you &s;ee your Tree not to bear &s;caree in three or four years good plenty, ye &s;hall bore an hole with an Auger or Piercer in the greate&s;t place of the body, (within a yard of the ground) but not through, but unto or pa&s;t the heart, ye &s;hall bore him a&s;lope; then take Hony and water mingled together a night before, then put the &s;aid Ho|ny
<PB N="69" REF="43"> and water into the hole, and fill it therewith, then &s;top it clo&s;e with a &s;hort pin made of the &s;ame Tree, not &s;tricken in too far for piercing the liquour.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Another way.</HEAD>
<P>IN the beginning of Winter, ye &s;hall dig tho&s;e Trees round about the roots, and let them &s;o re&s;t a day and a night, and then put unto them of good earth, mingled well with good &s;tore of watred Oats, or with watred Barley or Wheat, laid next unto the roots, then fill it with other good earth, and he &s;hall bear fruit, even as the boring of a hole in the ma&s;ter root, and &s;triking in a pin, and &s;o fill him again, it &s;hall help him to bear, as before is declared.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To keep your fruit.</HEAD>
<P>ALL fruit may be the better kept if ye lay them in dry places, in dry Straw or Hay, but Hay ripeth too &s;ore: or in a Barly mow, not touching one the other, or in Chaffe or in ve&s;&s;els of Juniper, and Cipre&s;&s;e wood: ye may &s;o keep them well in dry Salt or Hony, and upon boards, whereas fire is nigh all the Winter, al&s;o hanging nigh fire in the Winter in Nets of Yarn.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The Mulberry-tree.</HEAD>
<P>THe Mulberry-Tree is planted or &s;et by the Fig-tree: his fruit is fir&s;t &s;ower and then &s;weet, he liketh neither Dew nor Rain, for they hurt him, he is well plea&s;ed with foul earth and dung: his branches will wax dry within every &s;ix years, then mu&s;t ye cut them off, as for other Trees they ought to be proined every year, as ye&s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, and they will be the better, and to plant them from the mid&s;t of <HI>February</HI> to the mid&s;t of <HI>March</HI> is be&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Mo&s;&s;e of the Tree.</HEAD>
<P>OF the Mo&s;&s;e on your Trees, ye mu&s;t not let it too long be unclean&s;ed, ye mu&s;t rub it off with a grate of wood, or arough Hair, or &s;uch like, in Winter when they be moi&s;t
<PB N="70" REF="44"> or wet, for then it will off the &s;ooner, for Mo&s;&s;e doth take away the &s;trength and &s;ub&s;tance of the fruit, and makes the Trees barren at length: when you &s;ee your Trees begin to wax Mo&s;&s;ie, ye <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">u&s;t in the Winter uncover their roots, and put them under good earth, this &s;hall help them and keep them long without Mo&s;&s;e: for the earth, not &s;tirred about the root, is one cau&s;e of Mo&s;&s;ine&s;&s;e, and al&s;o the barrenne&s;&s;e of the ground whereon he &s;tandeth, and your Mo&s;&s;e doth &s;uccour in Winter flies and other Vermin, and &s;o doth therein hide them in Summer, which is occa&s;ion of eating the blo&s;&s;omes, and tender Cions thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To keep nuts long.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to keep nuts long, ye &s;hall dry them, and cover them in dry Sand, and put them in a dry Bladder, or in a Fatte made of Walnut-tree, and put of dry Ivie-berries therein, and they &s;hall be much &s;weeter. To keep Nuts green a year and al&s;o fr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;h, ye &s;hall put them into a pot with Honey, and they &s;hall continue fre&s;h a year, and the &s;aid Hony will be gentle and good for many Medicines. To keep Walnuts fre&s;h and green: in the time of &s;training of Verjuice, ye &s;hall take of the Pommis, and put thereof in the bottom of a Barrell, then lay your Walnuts all over with Pommis over them, and &s;o Walnuts again, and then of the Pommis, as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e to fi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">l your Ue&s;&s;ell. Then &s;top it clo&s;e as ye do a Barrell, and &s;et him in your Sellar or other place, and it &s;hall keep your Nuts fre&s;h and green a year. Some u&s;e to fill an earthen pot with &s;mall Nuts, and put to them dry Sand, and cover them with a Lidde of earth, or &s;tone, and then they clay it, &s;et|ting the mouth of the Pot down-ward, two foot within the earth, in their Garden or other place, and &s;o they will keep very moi&s;t and &s;weet, untill new come.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To cut the Peach-tree.</HEAD>
<P>THe Peach-trree is of this nature, (if he be cut as &s;ome &s;ay) green, it will wither and dry. Therefore if ye cut any
<PB N="71" REF="44"> &s;mall branch, cut it hard by the body: the withered twigs e|ver as they wither, mu&s;t be cut off hard by the great branch, or body thereof, for then they pro&s;per the better. If a Peach-tree do not like, ye &s;hall put to his roots the Lees of Wine mingled with water, and al&s;o wa&s;h his roots therewi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">h, and likewi&s;e the branches; then cover him again with good earth, mingled with his own Leaves, for tho&s;e he liketh be&s;t. Ye may graffe Peach upon Peach, upon Ha&s;el, or A&s;h, or upon Cher|ry-tree, or ye may graffe the Almond upon the Peach-tree. And to have great Peaches, ye mu&s;t take Cowes milk, and put good earth thereto, then all to &s;trike the body of the Tree therewith, both upward and downward, or el&s;e open the root all bare, three dayes and three nights; then take Goats milk and wa&s;h all the roots therewith, and then cover them again; this mu&s;t be done when they begin to blo&s;&s;ome, and &s;o &s;hall he bring great Peaches.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To colour Peach-&s;tones</HEAD>
<P>TO colour Peach-&s;tones that all the fruit therof &s;hall have the like colour here after, that is, ye &s;hall lay or &s;et Peach-&s;tones in the earth &s;even dayes or more, untill ye &s;hall &s;et the &s;tones begin to open, then take the &s;tones and the curnells &s;oftly forth thereof, and what colour ye will colour the cur|nell therewith, and put them into the &s;hell again, then bind it fa&s;t together, and &s;et it in the earth, with the &s;mall end up|ward, and &s;o let him grow, and all the Peaches which &s;hall come of the &s;ame fruit, (graffed or ungraffed) will be of the &s;ame colour. The Peach-tree ought to be planted in Autumn, before the cold do come, for he cannot abide the cold.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>If Peach-tree be troubled with Worms.</HEAD>
<P>AL&s;o if any Peach-tree be troubl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d with worms, ye &s;hall take two parts of Cow-pi&s;&s;e, with one part of Vineger, then &s;hall ye &s;prinkle the tree all over therewith, and wa&s;h his roots and branches al&s;o, and it will kill the worms; this may ye do unto all other Trees, which be troubled with Worms.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="72" REF="45">
<HEAD>To have the Peach without &s;tones.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to make the Peach grow without &s;tones, ye &s;hall take a Peach-tree newly planted, then &s;et a Willow hard by, which ye &s;hall bore a hole through, then put the Peach-tree through the &s;aid hole, and &s;o clo&s;e him on both &s;ides thereof Sap to Sap, and let him &s;o grow one year, then the next year ye &s;hall cut off the Peach-&s;tock, and let the Willow feed him, and cut off the upper part of the Willow al&s;o three fin|gers high, and the next Winter &s;aw him off nigh the Peach, &s;o that the Willow &s;hall feed but the Peach onely: and this way ye have Peaches without &s;tones.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Another way for the &s;ame.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall take the Graffes of Peaches, and graffe them upon the Willow-&s;tock, and &s;o &s;hall your Peaches be likewi&s;e without &s;tones.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>If Trees do not pro&s;per.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye &s;ee that your Trees do not wax nor pro&s;per, take and open the roots in the beginning of <HI>January</HI> or afore, and in the bigge&s;t root thereof, make an hole with an Auger, to the pith or more, then &s;trike therein a pin of Oke, and &s;o &s;top it again, and let it be well waxt all about the pin, then cover him again with good earth, and he &s;hall do well, &s;ome do u&s;e to cleave the root.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD><HI>How to graffe Apples to la&s;t on the tree till</HI> Alhallontide.</HEAD>
<P>HOw ye may have many &s;orts of Apples upon your Trees untill <HI>Alhallontide,</HI> that is, ye &s;hall graffe your Apples upon the Mulberry-tree, and upon the Cherry-tree.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Many Apricot trees of one.</HEAD>
<P>PLant an Apricot in the mid&s;t of other Plum-trees round about it, at a convenient di&s;tance; then in an apt &s;ea&s;on, bore through your plum-trees, and let into every one of them, one or two of the branches of your Apricot tree, through tho&s;e holes, taking away the Bark on both &s;ides of your branches, which you let in, joyning Sap to Sap, and lute
<PB N="73" REF="45"> the holes up with tempered loam; and when they are well knit, the next year cut off the branch from the Apricot-tree: and &s;o you have gotten many Apricot trees out of one. Take away in time all the head of your plum-tree, and all o|ther branches, maintaining onely that which is gotten from the Apricot. But &s;ome commend rather the letting in of a branch of one tree, into the other workmanlike, for the more certain kind of graffing.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To graffe an Apple which &s;hall be half &s;weet, and half &s;ower.</HEAD>
<P>TO graffe that your Apples &s;hall be the one half &s;weet, and the other half &s;ower, ye &s;hall take two Cions, the one &s;weet and the other &s;ower, &s;ome do put the one Cion through the other, and &s;o graffe them between the Bark and the Tree; and &s;ome again do pare both the Cions finely, and &s;o &s;ets them joyning into the &s;tock, inclo&s;ing Sap to Sap, on both the out&s;ides of the graffes, unto the out&s;ides of the &s;tock, and &s;o &s;ets them into the head as the other, and they &s;hall bring fruit, the one half &s;weet, and the other half &s;ower.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To graffe a Ro&s;e on the Holly.</HEAD>
<P>FOR to graffe the Ro&s;e, that his leaves &s;hall keep all the year green; Some do take and cleave the Holly, and &s;o graffe in a white or red Ro&s;e bud, and then put clay and mo&s;&s;e to him, and let him grow, and &s;ome put the Ro&s;e bud into a &s;li<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of the Bark, and &s;o put Clay and Mo&s;&s;e and bind him featly therein, and let him grow, and he &s;hall carry his leaf all the year.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of keeping of Plummes</HEAD>
<P>OF Plums there be many &s;orts, as Dam&s;ons which be all black, which be counted the be&s;t: All manner of other Plums a man may keep well a year, if they be gathered ripe, and then dryed, and put into Ve&s;&s;els of gla&s;&s;e, if ye can|not dry them well in the Sun, ye &s;hall dry them on hur|dels of Oziers made like Lattice Windows, in a hot Oven after Bread is drawn forth, and &s;o re&s;erve them. If a Plum|tree like not, open his roots, and pour in all about the dregs of Wine mixt with Water, and &s;o cover him well again, or
<PB N="74" REF="46"> powr on them &s;tale Urine, or &s;tale pi&s;&s;e of old men mixt with two parts of water, and &s;o cover him as before.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of altering of Pears and &s;tony fruit.</HEAD>
<P>IF a Pear ta&s;t hard or gravelly about the core, like &s;mall &s;tones, ye &s;hall uncover his roots (in the Winter or afore the Spring) and take out all the earth thereof, and pick out all the &s;tones, as clean from the earth as ye can, about his root then &s;ift that earth, or el&s;e take of other good fat earth with|out &s;tones, and fill all his roots again therewith, and he &s;hall bring a &s;oft and gentle Pear to eat, but you mu&s;t &s;ee well to the watering of him often.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The making of Syder and Perry.</HEAD>
<P>OF Apples and Pears men do make Cyder and Perry, and becau&s;e the u&s;e thereof in mo&s;t places is known, I will here let pa&s;&s;e to &s;peak any further thereof, but (in the pre&s;&s;ing your Cyder) I will coun&s;ell you to keep cl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">an your ve&s;&s;els, and the place whereas your fruit doth lye, and &s;pecially after it is brui&s;ed or broken, for then they draw fil|thy air unto them, and if it be nigh, the Cyder &s;hall be infected therewith, and al&s;o bear the ta&s;te after the infection thereof: therefore tun it as &s;oon as you can into clean and &s;weet ve&s;&s;els, as into ve&s;&s;els of white wine, or of Sack or of Claret, and &s;uch like, for the&s;e &s;hall keep your Cyder the better and &s;tronger a long time after: ye may hang a &s;mall bag of linnen by a threed down into the lower part of your Ve&s;&s;el, with Powder of Cioves, Mace, Cinamon and Ginger, and &s;uch like, which will make your Cyder to have a plea&s;ant t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;te.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To help frozen Apples.</HEAD>
<P>OF Apples that be frozen in the cold and extream Win|tyr, The remedy to have the Ice out of them, is this. Ye &s;hall lay them fir&s;t in cold water a while, and then lay them before the fire or other heat, and they &s;hall come to them|&s;elves again:</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="75" REF="46">
<HEAD>To make Apples fall from the Tree</HEAD>
<P>IF ye put of fiery coles under an Apple-tree, and then ca&s;t of the powder of Brim&s;tone therein, and the fume thereof a&s;cend up, and touch any Apple that is wet, that Apple &s;hall fall incontinent.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To water Trees in Summer, if they wax dry about the root.</HEAD>
<P>WHereas Apple-trees be &s;et in dry ground, and not dead in the Ground, in Summer if they want moi&s;ture, ye may take of Wheat-&s;traw or other, and every evening (or as ye &s;ee cau&s;e) ca&s;t thereon water all about, and it will keep the Trees moi&s;t from time to time.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To cheri&s;h Apple-Trees.</HEAD>
<P>IF ye u&s;e to throw (in Winter) all about your apple-trees on the roots thereof, the Urine of old men, or &s;tale pi&s;&s;e long kept, they &s;hall bring fruit much better, which is good for the Vine al&s;o, or if ye &s;princkle or anoint your Apple-tree roots with the Gall of a Bull, they will bear the better.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To make an Apple grow in a Gla&s;&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>TO make an Apple grow within a Gla&s;&s;e, take a Gla&s;&s;e what fa&s;hion ye li&s;t, and put your Apple therein when he is but &s;mall, and bind him fa&s;t to the Gla&s;&s;e, and the Gla&s;&s;e al&s;o to the Tree, and let him grow, thus ye may have Apples of divers proportions, according to the fa&s;hion of your Gla&s;&s;e. Thus ye make of Cucumbers, Gourds, or Pomeci|trons the like fa&s;hion.</P>
<PB N="76" REF="47">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a grafted tree</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>THe&s;e three branches, and Figure of graffing in the &s;hield in Summer is, the fir&s;t branch &s;heweth how the Bark is taken off, the middle place &s;heweth how it is &s;et too, and the la&s;t branch &s;heweth how to bind him on, in &s;aving the oylet or eye from brui&s;ing.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To graffe many &s;orts of Apples on one Tree.</HEAD>
<P>YE may graffe on one Apple-tree at once many kind of Apples, as on every branch a contrary fruit, as is afore de|clared, and of Pears the like; but &s;ee as nigh as you can, that all your Cions be of like &s;pringing, for el&s;e the one will grow, and over&s;hadow the other.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To colour Apples.</HEAD>
<P>TO have coloured Apples, with what colour ye &s;hall think good, ye &s;hall bore a hole &s;lope with an Auger, in the big|ge&s;t part of the body of the Tree, unto the midde&s;t thereof,
<PB N="77" REF="47"> or thereabouts, and then look what colour ye will have them of Fir&s;t ye &s;hall take water, and mingle your colour there|with, then &s;top it up again with a &s;hort pin made of the &s;ame, wood or Tree, then wax it round about; ye may mingle with the &s;aid colour what &s;pice ye li&s;t, to make them ta&s;te there|after: thus may ye change the colour, and ta&s;te of any Apple: Your colours may be of Saffron, Tourn &s;el, Bra&s;el, Saun|ders, or other what ye &s;hall &s;ee good. This mu&s;t be done be|fore the Spring do come: Some do &s;ay, if ye graffe on the O<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ive &s;tock, or on the Ald<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r &s;tock, they will bring red Ap|ples. Al&s;o they &s;ay, to graffe to have fruit without core, ye &s;hall graffe in both the ends of your Cion into the &s;tock, and when they be fa&s;t grown to the &s;tock, ye &s;hall cut it in the midde&s;t, and let the &s;maller and grow upward, or el&s;e take a Cion, and graffe the &s;mall end of the &s;tock downward, and &s;o &s;hall ye have your Apple-tree on St. <HI>Lamberts</HI> day, (which is the xvii. of <HI>September)</HI> they &s;hall never wa&s;te, con&s;ume, nor wax dry, which I doubt.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The &s;etting of Vine Plants.</HEAD>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of three vines or vine plants set in the earth</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>THe&s;e Figures do &s;hew, how ye ought to Plant and &s;et in your Vines, two or two together, the one to have a part of the old Tree, and the other may be all of the la&s;t Cion, but when ye plant him with a part of the old Tree, he &s;hall com|monly take root &s;ooner than the new Cion; ye mu&s;t weed them every moneth, and let not the earth be too clo&s;e above their roots at the fir&s;t, but now &amp; then loo&s;en it with a Spade as ye &s;hall &s;ee a rain pa&s;t, for then they &s;hall enlarge, and put forth better. Further herein ye &s;hall under&s;tand after.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="78" REF="48">
<HEAD>How to proin or cut a Vine in Winter.</HEAD>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a pruned vine</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>THis Figure &s;heweth, how all Vines &s;hould be proined and cut in a convenient time after <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> that when ye cut them, ye &s;hall leave his branches very thin, as ye &s;ee by this Figure, ye &s;hall never leave above two or three Leaders at the head of any principal branch, ye mu&s;t al&s;o cut them off in the midde&s;t between the knots of the young Cions, for tho&s;e be the leaders which will bring the grape, the re&s;t and order ye &s;hall under&s;tand as followeth,</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Vine and Grape.</HEAD>
<P>SOmewhat I intend to &s;peak of the ordering of the Vine and Grape, to Plant or Set the Vine, the Plants or Sets which be gathered from the Vine (and &s;o planted) are be&s;t, they mu&s;t not be old gathered, nor lye long unplanted after th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y be out, for then they &s;oon gather corruption, and when ye gather your Plants, take heed to cut and choo&s;e them, whereas ye may, with the young Cion take a j<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ynt of the old
<PB N="79" REF="48"> wood with the new, for the old wood will &s;ooner take root than the new, and better to grow than if it were all young Ci|on, ye &s;hall leave the old wood to the young Cion a foot or half a foot, or a &s;haftment long, the young Cion ye mu&s;t cut the length of three quarters of a yard or therereabouts, and choo&s;e of tho&s;e young Cions that be thicke&s;&s; joynted or nigh joynts together, and when ye Plant or &s;et them, look that your ground be well digged in the Winter before, then in <HI>January</HI> ye may both cut &amp; Plant, but cut not in the Fro&s;t, for that is dangerous to all kind of Trees, or ye may plant in the beginning of <HI>February,</HI> and when ye do Plant, take two of tho&s;e Plants, and &s;et or lay them together a foot deep in the earth, for two Plants &s;et together will not &s;o &s;oon fall, as one alone, and lay them a foot longwi&s;e in the earth, &s;o that there may be above the earth three or four joynts: ye may plant likewi&s;e a young Cion with the old, &s;o that it be thick or nigh joynted, for then he is better to root, and al&s;o to bring fruit, than when ye have &s;et or layed them in the earth, then cover them well therewith, in trea|ding it fa&s;t down unto the Plants, but let the ends of your Cions or Plants be turned upright above the earth, three or four joynts, if there happen to be more when they are &s;et, ye may cut them off, and cut them alwayes in the midde&s;t be|tween the two joynts, and then let them &s;o grow, and &s;ee that ye weed them alwayes clean, and once a moneth loo&s;en the earth round about them, and they &s;hall prove the better, if it be very dry and hot in the Summer after, ye may water them, in making a hole with a Crow of Iron to the Root: and there ye may pour in water in the Evening. As for the proyning of them, thus, when the Grape is taken and clu&s;tered, then ye may break the next joynt or two after the Grape, of all &s;uch &s;uperfluous Cions as ye &s;hall &s;ee c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">u&s;e, which will cau&s;e the Grape to wax bigger: ye may al&s;o break away all &s;uperfluous buddes or &s;lender branches, which cometh about the Root, or on the under branches, which ye think will have no Grape, and when ye proyn or
<PB N="80" REF="49"> cut them in Winter following, ye &s;hall not cut the young Ci|on nigh the old, by three or four joynts, ye &s;hall not cut them like Oziers, to leave a &s;ort of heads together on the branch, which doth kill your Vine, ye &s;hall leave but one head, or two at the mo&s;t of the yong Cions upon the old branch, and to cut tho&s;e young Cions three or four knots, or joynts off, for the yong Cion doth carry the grape alwayes, and when ye leave upon a great branch many Cions, they cannot be well nouri&s;hed, and after ye have &s;o cut them in Winter, ye &s;hall bind them with Oziers, in placing tho&s;e young branches as ye &s;hall &s;ee cau&s;e, and in the Spring time, when the branches are tender, ye &s;hall bind them &s;o, that the &s;tormy tempe&s;t or wind hurt them not, and to bind them withall great &s;oft ru&s;hes are be&s;t, and when the Grape is clu&s;tered, then ye may break off all &s;uch branches as is afore declared: upon one old branch three or four heads be enough, for the more heads your branch hath, the wor&s;e your grape &s;hall be nouri&s;hed, &amp; when ye cut off any branch, cut him off hard by or nigh the old branch; if your Vine wax old, the be&s;t remedy is, if there grow any yong Cion about the root, ye &s;hall in the Winter cut off the old Vine hard by the ground, or as nigh as ye can, and let the young Vine lead, and he will continue a long time, if ye cover and fill the place about the root with good earth again. There is al&s;o upon or by every clu&s;ter of grapes, a &s;mall Cion like a Pigs Tail, turning about, which doth take away the Sap from the Grape, if ye pinch it off hard by the &s;talk of your Grape, your fruit &s;hall be the greater. If your Vine wax too rank and thick of branches, ye &s;hall dig the root in Winter, and open the earth, and fill it up again with Sand and a&s;hes mingled together, and whereas a Vine is unf<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">uitfull and doth not bear, ye &s;hall bore an hole (with an Auger) unto the heart or pith, in the body or thicke&s;t part thereof, then put in the &s;aid hole a &s;mall &s;tone, but fill not the hole clo&s;e therewith, that &s;o the &s;ickne&s;&s;e of the Vine may pa&s;&s;e there|by, Then lay all about the root of good earth mingled with
<PB N="81" REF="49"> good dung, and &s;o &s;hall not be unfruitfull, but bear well e|ver after: or al&s;o to ca&s;te of old mens Urine or pi&s;&s;e all about the root of the barren Vine, and if he were half lo&s;t or mard, he &s;hould grow again and wax fruitfull as before: this is to be done in Winter.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To have Grapes without &s;tones.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to have Grapes without &s;tones, ye &s;hall take young Plants or Branches, and &s;hall Plant or &s;et the top or &s;mall end downward in the earth, and &s;o ye may &s;et two of them together for failing, as I have afore declared of the others, and tho&s;e branches &s;hall bring Grapes without &s;tones.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To make your Vine to bring a Grape to ta&s;te like Claret.</HEAD>
<P>TO make your Vine to have a Grape to ta&s;te like Claret Wine, and plea&s;ant withall, bore a hole in the &s;tock unto the heart or pith thereof, then make an Electuary with the powder of Cloves, and Cinamon, mingled with a lit-Fountatin or running water, and fill the &s;aid hole therewith, and &s;top it fa&s;t and clo&s;e with wax, and &s;o bind it fa&s;t thereon with a Linnen cloth, and tho&s;e Grapes will ta&s;te like Claret-Wine.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of gathering your Grapes.</HEAD>
<P>ALL Grapes that men do cut, before they are through ripe, the Wine will not be natural, neither &s;hall it long endure good: But if ye cut or gather Grapes, to have them good, and thereby to have good Wine, ye mu&s;t cut them in the Full, or &s;oon after the Full of the Moon, when &s;he is in <HI>Cancer,</HI> in <HI>Leo,</HI> in <HI>Scorpio,</HI> and in <HI>Aquarius,</HI> the Moon being in the Wain, and under the earth.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To know if your Grape be ripe enough.</HEAD>
<P>FOr to know if your Grape be ripe enough, or not which ye &s;hall not truly know in the ta&s;te, but in &s;ight and ta&s;te together, as in ta&s;te if they be &s;weet, and full
<PB N="82" REF="50"> in eating, and in &s;ight, if the &s;tone will &s;oon fall out being chafed or brui&s;ed, which is the be&s;t knowledge, and al&s;o whe|ther they be white or blue, it is all one matter: The good Grape is he which commeth out all watry, or tho&s;e which be all clammy as Bird-lime: by the&s;e &s;ignes ye &s;hall know when to cut, being through ripe or not, and whereas you do pre&s;&s;e your Wine, ye mu&s;t make your place &s;weet and clean, and your Ve&s;&s;els within to be clean al&s;o, and &s;ee that they have &s;trong heads, and tho&s;e per&s;ons, which do pre&s;&s;e the Grape, mu&s;t look their hands, feet and body be clean wa&s;hed, when as they go to pre&s;&s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the Grape, and that no woman be there having her terms. Neither ought ye to eat any Chebols, Scalions, Onions, Garlike, Anni&s;eeds, or &s;uch like: For all &s;trong &s;avours, your Wine will draw the infection thereof, &amp; as &s;oon as your Grape is cut and gathered, you may pre&s;&s;e your Wine very &s;peedily, which will make your Wine to be more plea&s;ant and &s;tronger, for the Grapes, which tarry long unpre&s;t, make the Wine to be &s;mall and ill; ye mu&s;t &s;ee that your Ve&s;&s;els be new, and &s;w<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">et within, and to be wa&s;hed with &s;weet water, and then well dryed again, and to perfume them with Ma&s;tick, and &s;uch &s;weet vapour, and if your Ve&s;&s;el chance not to be &s;weet, then &s;hall ye pitch him on the &s;ides, which pitch will take away all evill, and &s;uch &s;tinking &s;avour therein.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To prove or ta&s;te Wine.</HEAD>
<P>ANd when&s;oever ye will prove or ta&s;te any Wine, the be&s;t time is early in the morning, and take with you three or four &s;ops of bread, then dip one after another into the Wine, for therein ye &s;hall find (if there be any) &s;harp ta&s;te of the Wine: Thus I leave (at this pre&s;ent) to &s;peak any further here of the Wine and Grape.</P>
<P>If this my &s;imple labour be taken in good part (Gentle Reader) it &s;hall the more hereafter encourage me, to &s;et forth another book more at large, touching the Art of Planting and Graffing, with other things nece&s;&s;ary to be known.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="83" REF="50">
<HEAD>Here followeth the be&s;t times how to order, choo&s;e, and to Set or Plant Hops.</HEAD>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of planting schemes</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>IN this Figure ye &s;hall under&s;tand the placing and making of Hop hills, by every Cypher over his head. The fir&s;t place is &s;hewed but one Pole &s;et in the midde&s;t, and the Hop beneath: The &s;econd &s;heweth how &s;ome do chop down a Spade in the midde&s;t of the Hills, and therein layes his Hop roots. The third place &s;heweth, how other &s;ome do &s;et out one Pole in the midde&s;t, and the Hop roots at holes put in round about. The fourth place &s;heweth how &s;ome chops in a Spade cro&s;&s;e in the top, and there layes in his roots. The fifth place &s;heweth, how &s;ome do &s;et four Poles therein and put the Hop round about the Hill. The &s;ixth place &s;heweth that &s;ome u&s;e to make cro&s;&s;e holes in the &s;ides, and there lays <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n the Hop roots, Thus many practi&s;es have been proved good: provided alwayes that your hills be of good fat earth, &s;pecially in the mid&s;t down unto the bottom. This I thought &s;ufficient to &s;hew by this figure, the diver&s;ity in &s;etting, where|of the laying of the Hop is counted the &s;ure&s;t way.</P>
<P>THe be&s;t and common &s;etting time of Hops, is from the midde&s;t of <HI>November,</HI> to the midde&s;t of <HI>February,</HI> then
<PB N="84" REF="51"> mu&s;t ye dig and clean&s;e the ground of weeds, and mix it well with good mold and fat earth. Then divide your Hills a yard one from another orderly, in making them a yard a&s;un|der, and two foot and a half broad in the bottome, and when ye plant them, lay in every Hill three or four Roots: Some do in &s;etting of them lay them cro&s;&s;e-wi&s;e in the mid&s;t of the Hill, and &s;o cover them again: Some &s;et the Roots in four parts of the Hill, others likewi&s;e do make holes round about the Hills, and put of the Roots therein, and &s;o cover them again light with earth: of one &s;hort root in a year ye may have many Plants, to &s;et and lay as ye &s;hall &s;ee it good, and it &s;hall be &s;ufficient for every Plant to have two knots within the ground, and one without, then &s;ome do chop a Spade cro&s;&s;e into the Hill, and lay Hop in cro&s;&s;e, and &s;o cover it.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To choo&s;e your Hop.</HEAD>
<P>YE may choo&s;e your roots be&s;t for your Hop, in the Sum|mer, before ye plant them, for then ye &s;hall &s;ee which bears the Hop, for &s;ome there is that brings none, but that which bears choo&s;e for your Plants, and &s;et of tho&s;e in your Hills, for &s;o ye &s;hall not be deceived and they &s;hall pro&s;per well.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To &s;ow the Seeds.</HEAD>
<P>SOme do hold, that ye may &s;ow among other Seeds, the Seeds of Hops, and they will increa&s;e and be good to &s;et, or el&s;e to make beds, and &s;ow them alone, whereby they may encrea&s;e to be &s;et, and when they be &s;trong, ye may remove and &s;et them in your Hills, and Plant them as the other be|fore mentioned.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The &s;etting your Poles.</HEAD>
<P>THe be&s;t time is in <HI>April,</HI> or when your roots be &s;prung half a yard long or more, then by every Plant or Hop in your Hills, &s;et up a Pole of xiii. or xiv. foot long, or thereabouts, as cau&s;e &s;hall require. Some do u&s;e to &s;et but
<PB N="85" REF="51"> four Poles in every Hill, which is thought &s;ufficient, and when ye &s;hall &s;et them, &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e that ye &s;et them &s;o fa&s;t that great Winds do not ca&s;t them down.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>How to proyn the Hop-tree.</HEAD>
<P>Ob&s;erve when the Hop doth blo&s;&s;ome, and knit in the top, which &s;hall be perceived to be the Hop, then take and cut up all the re&s;t growing thereabouts (not having Hop thereon) hard by the earth, that all tho&s;e which carry the Hop might be the better nouri&s;hed: thus do in Summer as ye &s;hall &s;ee them increa&s;e and grow untill the time of ga|thering.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>To gather the Hop.</HEAD>
<P>AT &s;uch time before <HI>Michaelma&s;&s;e,</HI> as ye &s;hall &s;ee your Hop wax brown or &s;omewhat yellow, then he is be&s;t to be gathered in a dry day, in cutting your Hop by the ground, then pluck up your Pole therewi&s;h for &s;haking off your Hop; &s;o carry them into &s;ome dry hou&s;e, when ye have &s;o pluckt them, lay them on boarded <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ofts, or on hurdl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s of cloaths, that the wind may dry them, and the air, but not in the Sun, for the &s;ame will take away the &s;trength thereof, nor with fire, that will do the &s;ame, and ye mu&s;t daily to&s;&s;e and turn them till they be dry: to try them when they are dry, hold them in your hand a &s;pace, and if they cleave together when ye open your hand, they are not then dry; but if they &s;hatter a&s;under in opening your hand, ye may be &s;ure they are dry enough. If not, let them remain, and u&s;e them as is before &s;aid. Ye &s;hall under&s;tand the dryne&s;&s;e of them is, to pre|&s;erve them long to la&s;t, but if need be, ye may occupy them well undryed, with le&s;&s;e portion to &s;ow.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>What Poles are be&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall prepare your <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oles of &s;uch Wood as is light and &s;tiffe, and which will not bow with every Wind, the be&s;t and meete&s;t time to get them is in Winter, when the Sap is
<PB N="86" REF="52"> gone down, and as &s;oon as ye have taken off your Hop, lay your Poles in &s;undry places untill the next Spring, whereby they may endure the longer.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>How to order and dre&s;&s;e your Hills.</HEAD>
<P>AFfter the fir&s;t year is pa&s;t, your Hop being increa&s;ed to more plenty of roots in your Hills, ye &s;hall after <HI>Micha|el<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ma&s;&s;e</HI> every year open your Hills, and ca&s;t down the tops unto the roots, uncovering them, and cut away all the &s;uper|fluous roots, &s;ome do pluck away all the roots that &s;pread abroad about the Hills, then opens the Hills, and puts good new earth unto them, and &s;o cover them again, which &s;hall keep them from the Fro&s;t, and al&s;o make the Ground fat, &s;o &s;hall ye let them remain unto the Spring of the year in <HI>February</HI> or <HI>March,</HI> then again if ye &s;hall &s;ee any &s;uper|fluous roots, ye may take them away and cut them up, and your Hop &s;hall be the better, then again ca&s;t up the earth about your Hills, and clean&s;ing them from all weeds and other roots, which will take away their &s;trength, if the herbs remain, &s;o let them re&s;t till your Poles may be &s;et therein,</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Ground be&s;t for your Hop.</HEAD>
<P>THe Hop delighteth, and loveth a good and rea&s;onable &s;at ground, not very cold, nor yet too moi&s;t, for I have &s;een them prove well in <HI>Flanders,</HI> in dry &s;andy fields, the Hop-hills being of good fat earth, ye may (as &s;ome &s;ay) for great need make your Hop grow and bear on any kind of Rocky ground, &s;o that your hills be great and fat earth, but the lower ground commonly proveth be&s;t, &s;o that it &s;tand well and hot in the Sun.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>A note of the re&s;t above&s;aid.</HEAD>
<P>YE &s;hall mark and under&s;tand, all this order above&s;aid is to have many Hops and good, with a few roots and Plants placed in a &s;mall plot of ground. Ye &s;hall under&s;tand, that wild Hops, which grow in the hedges, is as good to oc|cupie as the other to &s;et or Plant in any other places, but look
<PB N="87" REF="52"> that ye take not the barren Hop to Plant, &s;ome Hop will be barren for want of good earth, and lack of good dre&s;&s;ing, which ye &s;hall perceive (as I have told you) in the Summer before, that when they &s;hould bear, they will be barren, which is for want of good fat earth, or an unkind year, or lack of weeding and good ordering. Therefore &s;uch as are minded to be&s;tow labour on the Ground, may have as good Hop growing in this Countrey, as in other Countreys: but if ye will not go to that co&s;t to make Hop-yards, ye may with a light charge have Hops grow in your Hedge-rows, to &s;erve as well as the other, and &s;hall be as good for the quantity as the other in all re&s;pects: ye may (for lack of ground plant Hop roots in hedge-rows, when you do quick-&s;et, &s;et up poles by them, when time &s;hall require in the Spring, and be&s;tow every Winter after the gathering your Hop, on every hill head a &s;hovel-full of Dung to comfort the earth, for then they will bear the more plenty of Hops the next year following. To conclude, you that have Grounds may well practi&s;e in all things afore mentioned, and &s;pecially to have Hops in this ordering for your &s;elves, and others: al&s;o ye &s;hall give encouragement for others to follow hereafter, I have heard by credible per&s;ons which have known a hun|dred Hills, (which is a &s;mall plat of ground) to bear three hundred pounds of Hops, &s;o that the commodity is much, and the gains great: and one pound of our Hops dryed and ordered, will go as far as two po<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nd <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">f the be&s;t Hops that cometh from beyond the Seas. Thus much I thought meet and nece&s;&s;ary to write, of the ordering and planting of the Hop.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>How to pack your Hops.</HEAD>
<P>WHen your Hops be well to&s;&s;ed and turned on boarded floores, and well dryed, (as I afore have &s;hewed) ye may put them into great Sacks, according to the quantity of your Hops, and let them be trodden down hard together, which will keep their &s;trength Ionger, and &s;o ye may re|&s;erve
<PB N="88" REF="53"> them, and take at you<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> plea&s;ure, &s;ome do u&s;e (which have b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t &s;mall &s;tore) to tread them into dry Fattes, and &s;o &s;erve them for their u&s;e, which is counted the better way, and the le&s;&s;e portion doth &s;erve, and will longer keep their vertue and &s;trength.</P>
<L>Wi&s;hing long life and pro&s;perous Health,</L>
<L>To all furtherers of this Common-Wealth.</L>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="53" MS="y">
<P>A PERFECT PLATFORM OF A HOP-GARDEN. And nece&s;&s;ary In&s;tructions for the making and maintenance thereof, with Notes and Rules for reformation of all abu&s;es commonly practi&s;ed therein, very nece&s;&s;ary and expedient for all men which in any wi&s;e have to do with Hops.</P>
<Q><BIBL>PROVERBS. 11.</BIBL> <HI>Who &s;o laboureth after goodne&s;&s;e, findeth his de&s;ire.</HI></Q>
<P><HI>LONDON,</HI> Printed by <HI>T. Mabb,</HI> for <HI>William Shears,</HI> and are to be &s;old at the Signe of the Bible in St. <HI>Pauls</HI> Church-Yard, near the little North door 1653.</P>
<PB REF="54">
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="text">
<PB N="91" REF="54">
<HEAD>A PERFECT PLAT|FORM OF A HOP Garden.</HEAD>
<P>_AT what time nece&s;&s;ity, or any other good con|&s;ideration &s;hall move you to devi&s;e for a Hop Garden, you are to con&s;ider of the&s;e three things.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t whether you have or can procure unto your &s;elf any Ground good for that purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>Secondly, of the convenient &s;tanding thereof.</P>
<P>Thirdly of the quantity.</P>
<P>And this I &s;ay by the way, if the ground that you deal withall be not your own inheritance, procure unto your &s;elf &s;ome certain terme therein, left another man reap the fruit of your travell and charge.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of apt and unapt Ground for Hops.</HEAD>
<P>SOme hold at this day (and ancient Writers witne&s;&s;e the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Virgil.</NOTE> &s;ame) that earth being &s;a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t and bitter of ta&s;te, is neither good, nor apt to be made good.</P>
<P>It is al&s;o often written, and generally received, that &s;uch earth as you &s;hall &s;ee white and bare, (that is to &s;ay) wholly
<PB N="92" REF="55"> chalk, or all &s;and, lacking a mixture of perfect earth, or if it be clay, or &s;o dry, as thereby it &s;hall gape or coane in the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Didymus, Plinius.</NOTE> Summer, it is nought for this, or any like purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>It is further &s;aid, that if you &s;hall feel a clod (being di&s;&s;ol|ved with water) to be very clammy or cl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">aving like wax to your fingers in kneading it, the &s;ame to be profitable land, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>I for my part rely not upon other mens opinions, neither mean to di&s;pute with any man herein, I like not to make my mouth an arbitrator in this matter, mine ey may be deceived, and my feeling may erre in the preci&s;e di&s;tinction of good or bad land, but mine experience hath never failed in this thing (that is to &s;ay) that a barren, a moory or wet &s;oil, (though it perhaps do content a wild Hop) &s;hall never plea&s;e nor main|tain a good Hop.</P>
<P>I will not &s;ay with <HI>Varro,</HI> that a good ground yieldeth Walwoorts, nor with <HI>Columella,</HI> that where Crabs or &s;lows grow, there the ground is rich. I can &s;ay nothing of <HI>Floren|tines</HI> experience in digging a hole, and filling it up again, and by the &s;welling to judge the &s;trength, or by the gaping to define the weakne&s;&s;e thereof; but I can &s;ay again by &s;ure ex|perience, that a dry ground, if it be rich, mellow, and gentle, i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the &s;oil that &s;erveth be&s;t for this purpo&s;e, and &s;uch a mould mu&s;t either be &s;ought out, or el&s;e by co&s;t and labour be pro|voked.</P>
<P>If it be a very &s;hallow rock (except you rai&s;e it with greet or good earth) you &s;hall not &s;et your Poles deep, &s;teddy, and fa&s;t enough to with&s;tand the force of the wind.</P>
<P>But to redre&s;&s;e the inconvenience hereof, you &s;hall be taught in the Title of Poles.</P>
<P>A light mould (though it be very rich) is not very apt for this purpo&s;e, for it is a received and an approved rule, that the heavie&s;t ground will bear the mo&s;t weight of Hops, I &s;ay, &s;o as it be a ground apt for this purpo&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the &s;cituation.</HEAD>
<P>IT were good to place your Garden, &s;o as the Sun may have free recour&s;e into it, either the whole day, or the greate&s;t &amp;
<PB N="93" REF="55"> warme&s;t part thereof, &s;o al&s;o as it may be armed again&s;t the violence and contagion of the wind; but this I could wi&s;h to be con&s;idered rather in the &s;cituation of the place, natu|rally defended with hills, then artificially to be &s;et and guar|d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d with Trees. Howbeit if you be driven hereunto, provide &s;o (if you can) that your Trees may &s;tand aloof, even that the &s;hadow of them, reach not into your Garden, but in any wi&s;e that they drop not upon the hills.</P>
<P>There be many which (to purcha&s;e the favour and benefit of the Sun) lay their Gardens very open and bleak to the South, the which I would not wi&s;h to be done, for as the fore|part of the year admitteth into your Garden the cold Ea|&s;terly winds, whereby in&s;ues Fro&s;ts, the which ingenders Bla&s;ts, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> So the latter part of the year maketh it &s;ubject to Southerly &s;tormes, which do much annoy an Hop-Garden when the Poles are loaden with Hops, and then commonly no other wind hurteth.</P>
<P>It &s;hould al&s;o be placed near to your hou&s;e, except you be able to warrant the fruit thereof from &s;uch fingers, as put no difference between their own, and other mens goods.</P>
<P>Al&s;o your Garden being thus placed, there may be made thereunto the more &s;p<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">edy and continuall recour&s;e, be&s;ides that the Ma&s;ters eye doth m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ny times with&s;tand and pre|vent the Servants negligence.</P>
<P>By this means it may be with mo&s;t ea&s;e and lea&s;t charge holpen with Dung.</P>
<P>Finally (if it may be) let it not &s;tand bleak to the <HI>Ea&s;t, We&s;t, North,</HI> or &s;pecially to the <HI>South.</HI></P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the quantity.</HEAD>
<P>THe quantity of your Garden, mu&s;t either be mea&s;ured by the proportion of your yearly expences of Hops in your hou&s;e, or by the co&s;t you mean to be&s;tow in the prepara|tion and keeping thereof, or by the pains and bu&s;ine&s;&s;e, that you are di&s;po&s;ed, or able to employ upon it, or el&s;e ac|cording to the profit and gains, that you mean to levie
<PB N="94" REF="56"> and win by it, which later con&s;ideration plea&s;eth and flattereth much a covetous mans conceit, who&s;e vein or hu|mour, (or rather vain humour) is &s;o re&s;i&s;ted in the Rules ap|pertaining hereunto, as many times the greedine&s;&s;e of his de|&s;ire is the overthrow of his purpo&s;e, as &s;hall hereafter appear.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>A proportion of the charge and benefit of a Hop-garden.</HEAD>
<P>BUt to be re&s;olved in all the&s;e points that concern the quantity of your Garden, you mu&s;t make your account in this wi&s;e. One man may well keep two thou&s;and hills, and yet re&s;erve his Winters labour for any other purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>Upon every Acre you may erect &s;even, eight, or nine hun|dred hills, as hereafter &s;hall be declared.</P>
<P>Upon every hill well ordered, you &s;hall have three pounds of Hops at the lea&s;t.</P>
<P>Two pounds and a half of the&s;e Hops will largely &s;erve for the brewing of one quarter of Mault.</P>
<P>One hundred pounds of the&s;e Hops are commonly worth xxvi. Shillings viii. pence. So as one Acre of ground, and the third part of one mans labour, with &s;mall co&s;t be&s;ides, will yield unto him that ordereth the &s;ame well, forty Marks yearly, and that for ever.</P>
<P>And here is to be noted, that ground orderly u&s;ed doth not onely yield the more, greater, harder and weightier Hops, but al&s;o they go further, they will endure longer, be whol|&s;omer for the body, and plea&s;anter of verdure or t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;te, than &s;uch as be di&s;orderly handled. And in the &s;avour of the Hop thus much more I &s;ay, that whereas you cannot make above eight or nine gallons of indifferent Ale out of one Bu&s;hell of Mault, you may draw xviii. or xx. Gallons of very good Beere, neither is the Hop more profitable to enlarge the quantity of your drink, then nece&s;&s;ary to prolong the continuance thereof: For if your Ale may endure a fort|night, your Beere through the benefit of the Hop &s;hall con|nue a moneth, and what grace it yieldeth to the ta&s;te, all men
<PB N="95" REF="56"> may judge that have &s;en&s;e in them, and if the controver&s;ie be betwixt Beer and Ale, which of them two &s;hall have the place of preheminence, it &s;ufficeth for the glory and com|mendation of the Beere, that here in our own Countrey Ale giveth place unto it, and that mo&s;t p<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rt of our Countreymen do abhor and abandon Ale, as a loath&s;ome drink, whereas in other Nations Beere is of great e&s;timation, and of &s;trangers entertained as their mo&s;t choice and delicate drink. Finally, that Ale which is mo&s;t delicate and of be&s;t account, borrow|eth the Hop, as without the which it wanteth his chief grace, and be&s;t verdure.</P>
<P>The&s;e things con&s;idered ye may proceed to the making of your Garden, wherein you are yet to have coun&s;ell, for the laying out thereof, for the due &s;ea&s;on and the right trade to cut and &s;et Hop-roots, what choice ye &s;hall make of them, what charge ye &s;hall be at for them, you are yet al&s;o to learn the time when, and the way how to prepare your ground, and to make it able to entertain and nouri&s;h them, to frame your Hils, to maintain them, pull them down, to cut, to fa|&s;hion, to erect, to pull up, to pe&s;erve your Poles, to gather, to dry, and to pack your Hops, with many other circum|&s;tances nece&s;&s;arily appertaining her<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">unto. Finally ye mu&s;t be taught the reformation of many <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">normities and abu&s;es which are received in mo&s;t places for good rules, the (which God willing) I will &s;et forth truly according to the notes of exp<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rience although not learnedly after the rules of Rhe|torick.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Preparation of a Hop-Garden.</HEAD>
<P>YOu mu&s;t lay forth the Ground which you determine to imploy in this way, in as levell, &s;quare, and uniform wi&s;e as you may.</P>
<P>If your Ground be gra&s;&s;ie rough or &s;tiffe, it &s;hould de fir&s;t &s;own with Hemp or Beans, which naturally maketh the ground mellow, de&s;troyeth weeds, and neverthele&s;&s;e leaveth the &s;ame in good &s;ea&s;on for this purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>But in what plight, or &s;tate &s;oever your ground be, till it
<PB N="96" REF="57"> in the beginning of Winter with the Plough, if it be great, or with the Spade if it be &s;mall, and this do not onely the year before you Plant it, but every year after, even &s;o long as you mean to receive the uttermo&s;t commodity of your Garden, a&s;&s;uring your &s;elf, that the more pains you take, and the more co&s;t you be&s;tow hereupon, the more you do double your profit, and the nearer you re&s;emble the Trade of the Flemming.</P>
<P>Howbeit in &s;ome Ca&s;es the&s;e pains may be &s;pared (that is to &s;ay) where the mould is not deep, and the hill made both good and great, in this ca&s;e (I &s;ay) the hills being pulled down, the earth contained in them, will cover the whole Garden, and all weeds growing therein, and the &s;ame will with help of dung maintain your hill for ever.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The time to cut, and &s;et Hop-roots.</HEAD>
<P>IN the end of <HI>March,</HI> or in the beginning of <HI>April,</HI> repair to &s;ome good Garden orderly kept, as wherein the Hops be all of a good kind, yearly cut and wherein all the hills are rai&s;ed very high, for there the roots will be greate&s;t) then compound with the owner or keeper thereof for choice roots, which in &s;ome places will co&s;t &s;ix pence an hundred, but commonly they will be given unto you, &s;o as you cut them your &s;elf, and leave every hill orderly and fully dre&s;&s;ed, but what order you &s;hall u&s;e herein, I will here|after &s;hew.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Rules for the choice and preparation of roots.</HEAD>
<P>ANd now you mu&s;t choo&s;e the bigge&s;t roots you can find (that is to &s;ay) &s;uch as are in bigne&s;&s;e three or four inch|es about.</P>
<P>And let every root which you &s;hall provide to be &s;et be nine or ten inches long.</P>
<P>Let there be contained in every &s;uch root three joynts.</P>
<PB N="97" REF="57">
<P>Let all your roots be but the Springs of the yeare la&s;t pa&s;t.</P>
<P>You mu&s;t have great regard that you cumber not your Garden with wild Hops, which are not to be di&s;cerned from the good by the roots, but either by the fruit, or by the &s;talk.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Hoppe.</HEAD>
<P>THe kindely Hop beareth a great and grene &s;talke, a large, hard, and a green bell, it appeareth out of the ground naked without leaves, until it be halfe a foot long.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of unkindly Hopps.</HEAD>
<P>THe Hop that liketh not his entertainment, namely his &s;eat, his ground, his keeper, his dung, or the manner of his &s;etting &amp;c. cometh up &s;mall and green in &s;talk, thick and rough in leaves, very like unto a Nettle, which will com|monly be much devoured or much bitten with a little black flie, who al&s;o will do harme unto good Hops, where the garden &s;tandeth bleak, or the Hop &s;pringeth rath, but be not di&s;comforted herewith, for the heat of the Summer will re|forme this matter, and th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> latter Springs will be little an|noyed with this flie, who, though &s;he leave the leafe as full of holes as a Net, yet &s;he &s;eldome proceedeth to the utter de|&s;truction of the Hop.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the wild Hop.</HEAD>
<P>OF the wild Hop, the fruit is either altogether &s;eed, or el&s;e loo&s;e and red light bells, the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">alk is red, howbeit, herein the difference between the good and the bad Hop is not to be di&s;cerned, until the &s;talk be two or three yarde high, for at their fir&s;t comming up, the one a&s;well as the other appeareth red, and the be&s;t Hop is alwaies the mo&s;t red.</P>
<P>Provide your roots therefore where you are a&s;&s;ured of of their goodne&s;&s;e before hand.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="98" REF="58">
<HEAD>Of &s;etting of Hop-roots.</HEAD>
<P>HAving made your provi&s;ion of roots in this wi&s;e, return therewith to your Garden &s;peedily, and either &s;et them immediately, or lay them in &s;ome Puddle near thereunto, or bury them in the ground untill conveniency or winde, wea|ther, and lei&s;ure (the want whereof may &s;ometimes prevent good expedition) &s;hall &s;erve. Provided alwaies that you leave them not in water puddle above xxiv. hours, but in the earth you may leave them as long as the time of &s;etting endureth, that is to &s;ay, till the midde&s;t of <HI>Aprill.</HI></P>
<P>Your Garden being dre&s;&s;ed, as before I advi&s;ed you, it &s;hall be ea&s;ie for you to direct your hils aright, and that in equall di&s;tance with a Pole, or rather with a line (that will not &s;tretch) tying thereupon &s;hort threds, or placing in it pins, according to the proportion of &s;pace which you mean to leave between your hils, whereof if one be placed out of order, it &s;hall blemi&s;h and hurt a great part of your Garden.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The di&s;tance of the Hils.</HEAD>
<P>IF your Garden be one Acre in bigne&s;&s;e, and lye &s;quare, leave between every hole three yards, or eight foot at the leaft in &s;pace, as well that the hils may be made the greater, and that the Hops of one pole reach not to another, as al&s;o that the Sun may the more freely, and univer&s;ally pa&s;&s;e tho|row your Garden, which by this means may yearly be plough|ed betwixt the Hills, whereas otherwi&s;e it mu&s;t be digged, which is a more tedious and co&s;tly bu&s;ine&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>If your Garden be very little, you may &s;et the hills &s;ome|what nearer together, namely, &s;even foot a&s;under.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>A de&s;cription of the Line.</HEAD>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a plant-training line</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>YOur line being laid levell, you mu&s;t digge, underneath e|very thred or pin placed upon the &s;ame, a hole like a Pit|fall,
<PB N="99" REF="58"> one foot &s;quare, and one foot deep.</P>
<P>When you have made twenty or thirty holes, take up &s;o many roots; from where you be&s;towed them, as ought to be therein, and go to work on this wi&s;e, alwaies watching a time (if you may) that the winde be in &s;ome part of the <HI>South</HI> or <HI>We&s;t,</HI> but be not &s;o &s;crupulous herein, that you over&s;lip the moneth of <HI>April,</HI> lea&s;t <HI>Salomons</HI> &s;aying, be &s;poken of you. <HI>He that regardeth the Wind &s;hall not &s;ow, and he that hath re&s;pect to the Clouds &s;hall not reap.</HI> For he that neglecteth the Moneth of <HI>April,</HI> &s;hall have a bad &s;ea&s;on to cut or plant Hops.</P>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a plant-training line with four stages of growth</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>Take two or three of your roots (which by this time will yeeld forth green Cions or white buds, and will al&s;o have &s;mall roots or beards growing out of them, the which mu&s;t be, all &s;aving the &s;maller &s;ort of white buds, pared away by the old root) joyn them clo&s;e together, &s;o as (in any wi&s;e) they may be even in the tops: &s;et them al&s;o together bolt up|right, directly under the fore&s;aid thred or pin, holding them hard together with one hand, while you fill the hole with the other with fine mould prepared and made ready before hand, regarding that the tops of the roots be levell with the face or uppermo&s;t part of the ground.</P>
<P>Take good heed al&s;o that you &s;et not that end downward, that grew before upward, which you &s;hall know by the buds that appear in the knots of each root, and let no part of the dead remain upon the uppermo&s;t part of the joynt thereof.</P>
<P>And when you have thus done, pre&s;&s;e down the earth with your foot hard to the roots, not treading upon them, but
<PB N="100" REF="59"> driving the loo&s;e earth clo&s;e to the corner where the roots are &s;et.</P>
<P>And here is to be noted, that the readie&s;t and evene&s;t way is alwayes to &s;et your roots at one certain corner of the hole, which corner &s;hould alwaies be right underneath the &s;aid pinne or thred, as is afore&s;hewed.</P>
<P>At this time you mu&s;t make no hill at all, but onely co|ver the tops of your roots about two inches thick, with the fine&s;t mould you can get.</P>
<P>When you are driven to &s;et your roots late, if there be a|ny green &s;prings upon them, you may take the advantage thereof, leaving the &s;ame &s;pring uncovered, otherwi&s;e you both de&s;troy the &s;pring, and endanger the root.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Abu&s;es and di&s;orders in &s;etting,</HEAD>
<P>SOme u&s;e to &s;et at every corner of the hole one root, but this is a naughty and tedious trade, becau&s;e a man &s;hall be longer in dre&s;&s;ing one of the&s;e, than about four other. To be &s;hort, you &s;hall this way &s;o cumber both your &s;elf and your Garden, that you will &s;oon be weary with working, and your Garden as &s;oon weary of bearing.</P>
<P>Some wind them and &s;et both ends upward, and herein the cunning of the workman, and the goodne&s;s of the roots are lively expre&s;&s;ed, for if the roots were good, they could not be &s;o wound, or if the workman were skilful, he would not be &s;o fond as to &s;et them in that order.</P>
<P>Some u&s;e to lay them thwart or flat, but I &s;ay flatly that is a praepo&s;terous way, for they can neither pro&s;per well (as being &s;et contrary to their nature, and kind of growing) nor be kept as they ought to be.</P>
<P>Some u&s;e to make hills and &s;et the roots therein, but the moi&s;ture in regard of the hill, cannot admini&s;t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r &s;uccour to them, be&s;ides other inconveniences which may follow.</P>
<P>Some bury the roots under a great hill made on them af|ter the &s;etting, this differs not much from the other, onely the hill &s;o choaks the&s;e that they will do no good.</P>
<PB N="101" REF="59">
<P>Finally, there be as many evill wayes to &s;et, as there be ig|norant men to devi&s;e.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Provi&s;ion again&s;t annoyance, and &s;poile of your Garden.</HEAD>
<P>IF your Garden be &s;mall, and very nigh to your hou&s;e, you may arm every hill with a few thorns to defend them from the annoyance of Poultry, which many times will &s;crape and bath among&s;t the hills, and &s;o di&s;cover and hurt the &s;prings, but a Goo&s;e is the mo&s;t noy&s;ome vermine that can enter into this Garden, for (be&s;ides the Allegory that may be applyed in this ca&s;e) a Goo&s;e will knabble upon every young &s;cience or Hop bud that appeareth out of the ground, which will never grow afterwards, and therefore as well to avoid the Goo&s;e, as other noy&s;ome cattell, let your clo&s;ure be made &s;trong, and kept tight.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Poles.</HEAD>
<P>IT remaineth that I &s;peak now of Poles, becau&s;e Poling is the next work now to be done.</P>
<P>If your hils be di&s;tant three yards a&s;under, provide for e|very hill four poles, if you will make your hils nearer toge|ther, three poles &s;hall &s;uffice.</P>
<P>And note that in the fir&s;t year you may occupy as many poles as in any year after, the rea&s;on whereof I will declare in the title of Hils.</P>
<P>Alder poles are be&s;t for this purpo&s;e, as whereunto the Hops &s;eem mo&s;t willingly and naturally to encline, becau&s;e both the fa&s;hion of the&s;e poles being as a Taper, &s;mall above, and great below, and al&s;o the roughne&s;&s;e of the Alder-ryne, &s;tayeth the Hop &s;talk more firmly from &s;liding down, than ei|ther A&s;h or Ok, which for continuance be &s;omewhat better howbeit, the&s;e with the order that I &s;hall pre&s;cribe, will en|dure &s;ix or &s;even years.</P>
<P>The&s;e are al&s;o be&s;t cheap, and ea&s;ie&s;t to be gotten in mo&s;t places, and &s;oone&s;t grown ready for this purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>There is in the Spring of the&s;e, lea&s;t danger in growing, or in being de&s;troyed, or bitten by cattell.</P>
<PB N="102" REF="60">
<P>Finally, by the expence of the&s;e, there en&s;ueth the lea&s;t annoyance to the Co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">mon-wealth, as well for the cau&s;es a|fore&s;aid, as al&s;o becau&s;e they grow not in &s;o great quantity, to &s;o good timber, nor for &s;o many purpo&s;es as either Oke or A&s;h.</P>
<P>The be&s;t time to cut your poles, is between <HI>Alhallontide</HI> and <HI>Chri&s;tmas,</HI> but you mu&s;t pile them up immediately after they are cut, &s;harped, reformed in length, and &s;moothed, le&s;t they rot before you occupy them.</P>
<P>You may not leave any &s;crags upon them, the rea&s;on whereof you &s;hall conceive in the Title of gathering Hops.</P>
<P>Your Poles may not be above xv. or xvi. foot long at the mo&s;t, except your ground be very rich, or that you added thereunto great labour in rai&s;ing up your hills, or el&s;e except your hills &s;tand too near together: if any of the&s;e chance to be, or if all the&s;e three things meet in one Garden, the be&s;t way of reformation, is to &s;et the fewer poles to a hill, or to let them remain the longer. Otherwi&s;e the Hops will grow from one pole to another, and &s;o over&s;hadow your Garden, the fault thereof being e&s;pecially to be imputed to the near|ne&s;&s;e of the hills. Therefore chiefly you mu&s;t mea&s;ure your poles by the goodne&s;&s;e of your ground.</P>
<P>Your Hop never &s;tocketh kindly, untill it reach higher than the Pole, and return from it a yard or two, for whil&s;t it tendeth climbing upward, the branches, which grow out of the principal &s;talk (wherein con&s;i&s;teth the abundance of en|crea&s;e) grow little or nothing.</P>
<P>Let the quantity of your Poles be great (that is to &s;ay) nine or ten inches about the lower end, &s;o &s;hall they endure the longer, and with&s;tand wind the better.</P>
<P>To de&s;cribe the price of poles, or what it will co&s;t you to furni&s;h a Garden containing an acre of ground, it were a hard matter, becau&s;e the place altereth the price of Wood. But in a Wain you may carry an hundred and fifty poles, and I &s;ee &s;mall cau&s;e why a load of the&s;e &s;hould be much dearer than a load of any other Wood.</P>
<PB N="103" REF="60">
<P>After the fir&s;t year Poles will be nothing chargeable unto you, for you may either pick them out of your own provi|&s;ion of Fuell, or buy them of your Neighbours that have no occa&s;ion to apply them this way. For the yearly &s;upply of two loads of Poles, will maintain one Acre continually.</P>
<P>Your rotten and broken Poles will do you good &s;ervice, for the kindling of your fires in the O&s;te, whereupon you &s;hould dry your Hops, and they &s;hould be pre&s;erved chief|ly for that purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>At <HI>Poppering</HI> (where both &s;carcity and experience hath taught them to make carefull provi&s;ion hereof) they do com|monly at the <HI>Ea&s;t</HI> and <HI>North-&s;ide</HI> of their Gardens, &s;et and pre&s;erve Alders, wherewith they continually maintain them.</P>
<P>Before you &s;et up your Poles, lay them all along&s;t your Garden between every row of hills by three or four toge|ther, I mean be&s;ide every hill &s;o many Poles as you deter|mine to &s;et thereon, &s;o &s;hall you make the more &s;peed in your work.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the erection of Poles.</HEAD>
<P>WHen your Hops appear above the ground, &s;o as you may di&s;cern where the principall roots &s;tand, &s;et up your Poles, preparing their way with a crow of Iron, or a forked woodden tool, with a point of Iron, &s;omewhat like unto the&s;e.
<FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of planting tools</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE> For if you &s;tay till the Hops be grown to a greater length, one inconveni|ence is, that either in making the holes, or in erecting the poles, or el&s;e in ramming the earth to the fa&s;tening of them, you &s;hall hazard the brui&s;ing or breaking of your Hops: ano|ther is, that you &s;hall be forced to tye every &s;talk to the pole, whereas otherwi&s;e the mo&s;t part of them will climb up of their own accord: the third is, that it will hinder the growth of the Hop, if it remain un&s;tayd &s;o long.</P>
<PB N="104" REF="61">
<P>You mu&s;t <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">et every Pole a foot and a half deep, and within two or three inches at the mo&s;t of the principall root.</P>
<P>If your ground be rockie and &s;hallow, tarry the longer be|fore you &s;et up your Poles, &s;o as your Hops may be grown two or three foot high, that you may adventure to make a hill or bank at every pole to &s;tay uphold the &s;ame, with|out burying any of the young Springs, which may afterward be covered with le&s;&s;e danger and annoyance of the principall root.</P>
<P>Let the Poles of every hill lean a little outward one from another.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Ramming of Poles.</HEAD>
<P>THen with a piece of wood as big below as the great end of one of your poles, ramme the earth that lyeth at the out&s;ide of the Pole thereunto, but medle not within the com|pa&s;&s;e of your Poles, as they are placed, le&s;t you &s;poile the Springs.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Reparation of Poles.</HEAD>
<P>IF any of the Poles chance to break in many pieces, when the Hop is grown up, undoe and pull away the &s;ame bro|ken pole, and tye the top of tho&s;e Hops to the top of a new pole, then winding it a turn or two about according to the cour&s;e of the Sun, &s;et it in the hole, or be&s;ides the hole where the broken pole &s;tood, but &s;ome being loth to take &s;o much pains, turn it about the other Poles that &s;tand upon the &s;ame hill, and &s;o leave it. But if it be not broken above the midde&s;t, the be&s;t way is, to &s;et a new pole or &s;talk be&s;ide the broken pole to the &s;ame, which may uphold the &s;aid broken pole, and pre&s;erve the Hop. If the pole be onely broken at the ne|ther end, you may &s;hove the &s;aid pole again into the hill, and &s;o leave it.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of pulling up Poles.</HEAD>
<P>ANd becau&s;e, when the hils are made great, and rai&s;ed high you can neither ea&s;ily pull up any, nor po&s;&s;ible pull up all your poles except you break them, &amp;c. e&s;pecially if the weather or ground be dry, or el&s;e the Poles old or &s;mall, I
<PB N="105" REF="61"> thought good to &s;hew you an In&s;trument wherewith you may pull them up without di&s;ea&s;e to your &s;elf, de&s;truction to your Poles, or expence of your money, the charge being duly foure|teen or fif|teen pound of Iron, wherewith the Smith &s;hall make you a paire of Tongs, (or rather you may call them) a pair of Pin&s;ers, of the fa&s;hi|on here &s;et down, the which may al&s;o be made with wood, if you think good.</P>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of gardening pincers or tongs</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The way to make the In&s;trument wherewith to pull up the Hop-poles.</HEAD>
<P>THey mu&s;t be one yard in length, whereof &s;ix or &s;even inches may be allowed for the mouth or lower end of them, which &s;erveth to cla&s;p or catch hold on the Pole, the &s;ame nether end &s;hould be the &s;tronge&s;t part thereof, and the mouth &s;omewhat hollow in the midde&s;t, and there al&s;o bend|ing downward, whereby the extream point may ri&s;e a lit|tle upward.</P>
<P>Upon the upper edges of the infide thereof, the Smith &s;hould hack or rai&s;e a few &s;mall teeth, whereby your tool may take the &s;urer hold upon the Pole.</P>
<P>He mu&s;t al&s;o fa&s;ten upon every &s;ide of this In&s;trument a ri|ding hook, the which may cla&s;p and &s;tay both &s;ides together, when they have caught hold on the pole.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The manner of pulling up the Hop-poles.</HEAD>
<P>YOu &s;hall lay a little &s;quare block upon the top of the hill, and the better to remove the &s;ame from hill to hill, you
<PB N="106" REF="62"> may thru&s;t therein a Pin. Upon the &s;ame block you may re&s;t your Pin&s;ers, when they have cla&s;ped the very lowe&s;t part of your Pole, and then holding the upper part of each &s;ide in your hands, the hook being cla&s;ped, and pulled up hard to|wards you, you may ea&s;ily weigh up your Poles.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the pre&s;ervation of Poles.</HEAD>
<P>ANd although ye are not come to the laying up of Poles, I am bold herein, as I began too late, &s;o to make an end too quickly, becau&s;e I would touch the whole matter of Poles to<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ether, laying them by them&s;elves, (I mean) com|prehending under one Title, the bu&s;ine&s;&s;e pertaining unto them.</P>
<P>For the pre&s;ervation and better continuance of Poles, &s;ome make hou&s;es of purpo&s;e, and lay them up therein.</P>
<P>Some &s;et them upright to a Tree, and over them make a penthou&s;e of boughs or boords.</P>
<P>Some lay a great heap of Hop-&s;talks upon the Ground, and upon them a great heap of Pol<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s, and upon the Poles a|gain lay another heap of &s;talks, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>The&s;e men hereby do ex<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">re&s;&s;e no great experience, although by their diligence they &s;ignifie a good de&s;ire.</P>
<P>You &s;hall need to do no more but thus. At the ends or &s;ides of your Garden, take three Poles &s;tanding upon three Hills, placed directly one by another, and three like Poles upon three other hills of the next row right over again&s;t them, con|&s;train them to meet together by two, and two in the tops, and &s;o hold them, till one with a forked wand put three withs (lik unto three Broom bands, which may be made of the &s;talks of Hops) upon each couple of the &s;aid &s;ix Poles, &s;o &s;hall the &s;ame &s;ix Poles being &s;o bound by two and two to|gether, &s;tand like the roof or rafters of an hou&s;e.</P>
<P>To keep the Poles that &s;hall lye nether mo&s;t from rotting by the moi&s;tne&s;&s;e of the ground: within the compa&s;&s;e of your &s;aid &s;ix hills, underneath the Poles that you have fa|&s;tened
<PB N="107" REF="62"> together in the tops,) rai&s;e three little banks cro&s;&s;e or thwart from hill to hill, as though you would make your &s;ix hills to be but three.</P>
<P>Upon tho&s;e banks lay a few Hop-&s;talks, and upon them your Poles, ob&s;erving that one &s;tand at one end of the room, and another at the other end, ordering the matter &s;o, as the tops of the Poles lie not all one way, but may be equally and orderly divided: otherwi&s;e one end of the room would be full before the other, whereas now they will lye even and &s;harp above like an hay-&s;tack, or the ridge of an hou&s;e, and &s;ufficiently defend them&s;elves from the weather.</P>
<P>If you think that you have not Poles enough to fill the room, pull down the withs or bands lower, and your room will be le&s;&s;e, and do this before you lay in your Poles.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of tying Hops to the Poles.</HEAD>
<P>WHen your Hops are grown about one or two foot high, bind up (with a Ru&s;h or Gra&s;&s;e) &s;uch as decline from the Poles, winding them as often ye can about the &s;aid Poles, and directing them alwayes according to the cour&s;e of the Sun, but if your lei&s;ure may &s;erve (to do at any o|ther time of the day) do it not in the morning when the dew remaineth upon them.</P>
<P>If you lay &s;oft green Ru&s;hes abroad in the dew and the Sun, within two or three dayes, they will be lithi, tough, and hand&s;ome for this purpo&s;e of tying, which may not be fore&s;lowed, for it is mo&s;t certain that the Hop, that lyeth long upon the ground before he be tyed to the Pole, pro&s;p<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">reth nothing &s;o well, as it which &s;ooner attaineth thereunto.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of Hilling and Hills.</HEAD>
<P>NOw you mu&s;t begin to make your hills, and for the better doing thereof, you mu&s;t prepare a tool of Iron fa&s;hioned &s;omewhat like to a Coopers Addes, but not
<PB N="108" REF="63"> &s;o much bowing, neither &s;o narrow at the head, and therefore like&s;t to the nether part of a &s;hovell, the poll whereof mu&s;t be made with a round hole to receive a helve, like to the helve of a mattock, and in the powl al&s;o a nail hole mu&s;t be made to fa&s;ten it to the helve.</P>
<P>This helve &s;hould bow &s;omewhat like to a Sithe, or to the &s;teale of a Sithe, and it mu&s;t be little more than a yard long.</P>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a hill-making tool</FIGDESC>
<P>The helve &s;hould be straight at the upper end.</P>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>With this tool you may pare away the gra&s;&s;e, which groweth in the &s;paces betwixt the hills, and with the &s;ame al&s;o you may take your hills, and pull them down when time requireth.</P>
<P>Some think it impertinent and not nece&s;&s;ary to make hills the fir&s;t year, partly becau&s;e their di&s;tru&s;t of this years pro|fit qualifieth their diligence in this behalf, and partly for that they think, that the principall root pro&s;pereth be&s;t, when there be no new roots of them forced and maintained. But experience confuteth both the&s;e conjectures, for by indu|&s;try, the fir&s;t years profit will be great, and thereby al&s;o the principall &s;ets much amended, as their pro&s;perity in the &s;e|cond year will plainly declare.</P>
<P>But in this work, you mu&s;t be both painfull and curious, as wherein confi&s;teth the hope of your gains, and the &s;ucce&s;&s;e of your work. For the greater in quantity you make your hills, the more in number you &s;hall have of your Hops, and the fewer weeds on your ground, the more Hops upon your poles.</P>
<P>In confideration whereof I &s;ay, your labour mu&s;t be con|tinuall from this time almo&s;t till the time of gathering, in rai&s;ing your hills, and clearing ground from weeds.</P>
<P>In the fir&s;t year that you plant your Hop-Garden, &s;up|pre&s;&s;e not one Cion, but &s;uffer them all to climb up to the poles, for if you &s;hould bury or cover all the Springs of any one of your three roots, which you did lately &s;et, the root thereof peri&s;heth, and perhaps out of &s;ome one root there
<PB N="109" REF="63"> will not proceed above one or two &s;prings, which being bu|ried, that root I &s;ay dyeth, and therefore the more poles are at this time requi&s;ite.</P>
<P>After the fir&s;t year you mu&s;t not &s;uffer above two or three &s;talks at the mo&s;t to grow up to one pole, but put down and bury all the re&s;t.</P>
<P>Howbeit you may let them all grow till they be four or five foot high at the lea&s;t, whereby you &s;hall make the better choice of them which you mean to attain, whereby al&s;o the principall root will be the better, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>Some &s;uffer their Hops to climb<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> up to the tops of the poles, and then make the hills at one in&s;tant in &s;uch quantity as they mean to leave them, which is neither the be&s;t, nor the &s;econd way.</P>
<P>But if (for expedition) you be driven hereunto, begin &s;oon|er (that is to &s;ay) when the Hops be four or five foot long, and afterwards, if lei&s;ure &s;hall &s;erve, refre&s;h them again with more earth.</P>
<P>But to make them well, and as they ought to be made, you mu&s;t immediately after your poles are &s;et, make a little bank or circle round about the out&s;ide of them, as a dimen&s;ion how wide your hill &s;hall be, and as a receptacle to retain and keep moi&s;ture, whereof there cannot lightly come too much, &s;o it come from above.</P>
<P>If your Garden be great, by that time that you have made an end of the&s;e Circles or Banks, it will be time to proceed further towards the building up of your hills,</P>
<P>Now therefore return again to the place where you be|gan, or el&s;e where you &s;ee the Hops highe&s;t, and with your tool pare off the uppermo&s;t earth from the Allies or &s;paces between the hills, and lay the &s;ame in your Hops, upon and within the circle that you made before, alwayes leaving the &s;ame highe&s;t of any part of the hill, and &s;o pa&s;&s;e through your Garden again and again, till you have rai&s;ed your hills by little and little, to &s;o great a quantity as is before de|clared, and look how high your hill is, &s;o long are your new
<PB N="110" REF="64"> roots, and the greater your new roots or &s;prings be, the lar|ger and better your Hops will be</P>
<P>Great and overgrown weeds &s;hould not be laid upon the hills, as to rai&s;e them to their due quantity, but when with diligence and expedition you pa&s;&s;e through your Garden, continually paring away each green thing a&s;&s;oon as it ap|peareth, you &s;hall do well with the &s;ame, and the uppermo&s;t mold of your Garden together, to maintain and encrea&s;e the &s;ub&s;tance of your hills, even till they be almo&s;t a yard high.</P>
<P>In the fir&s;t year make not your hill too rathe, left in the do|ing thereof you oppre&s;&s;e &s;ome of tho&s;e &s;prings which would otherwi&s;e have appeared out of the ground.</P>
<P>It &s;hall not be ami&s;&s;e now and then to pa&s;&s;e through your Garden, having in each hand a forked wand, directing aright &s;uch Hops as decline from the Poles, but &s;ome in&s;tead of the &s;aid forked wands, u&s;e to &s;tand upon a &s;tool, and do it with their hands.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Abu&s;es in Hilling</HEAD>
<P>SOme ob&s;erve no time, and &s;ome no mea&s;ure in making their hills, but (having heard &s;ay, that hills are nece&s;&s;ary) they make hills once for all, and never after pluck down the &s;ame: but better it were to make no hill, than &s;o to do, for after the fir&s;t year it doth derogate, and not adde any com|fort to the root, except the &s;ame be every year new made and dre&s;&s;ed, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>Some u&s;e to break off the tops of the Hops when they are grown a xi. or xii. foot high, becau&s;e thereby they burni&s;h and &s;tock exceedingly, wherein, though I cannot commend their doings, yet do they much better than &s;uch as will have their Poles as long as their Hops.</P>
<P>But if your Pole be very long, and that the Hop have not attained to the top thereof before the midde&s;t of <HI>July,</HI> you &s;hall do well then to break, or cut off the top of the &s;ame Hop, for &s;o &s;hall the re&s;idue of the growing time &s;erve to the
<PB N="111" REF="64"> maintenance and increa&s;e of the Branches, which otherwi&s;e would expire without doing good in that matter, becau&s;e that whole time would be then imployed to the lengthening of the &s;talk which little prevaileth (I &s;ay) to the &s;tocking or encrea&s;e of the Hop.</P>
<P>And here is to be noted, that many covetous men, thinking (in ha&s;t) to enlarge their luere, do find (at lei&s;ure) their com|modity dimini&s;hed, whil&s;t they make their hills too thick, their Poles too long, and &s;uffer too many &s;talks to grow up|on one Pole, wherein (I &s;ay) while they run away flattering them&s;elves with the imagination of double gains, they are o|vertaken with trebble dammage (that is to &s;ay) with the lo&s;&s;e of their time, their labour, and their co&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the gathering of Hops.</HEAD>
<P>NOte that commonly, at St. <HI>Margarets</HI> day, Hops blow, and at <HI>Lammas</HI> they bell, but what time your Hops be|gin to change colour, (that is to &s;ay) &s;omewhat before <HI>Mi|chaelma&s;&s;e</HI> (for then you &s;hall perceive the &s;eed to change co|lour and wax brown) you mu&s;t gather them, and for the &s;peedier di&s;patch thereof, procure as much help as you can, taking the advantage of fair weather, and note that you were better to gather them too rathe than too late.</P>
<P>To do the &s;ame in the readie&s;t and be&s;t order, you mu&s;t pull down your hills &s;tanding together in the midde&s;t of your Garden, cut the roots of all tho&s;e hills, as you &s;hall be taught in the Title of Cutting, &amp;c. Then pare the Plat &s;mall, levell it, throw water on it, tread it, and &s;weep it, &s;o &s;hall it be a fair Floore, whereon the Hops mu&s;t lye to be picked.</P>
<P>Then beginning near unto the &s;ame, cut the &s;talks a&s;under, clo&s;e by the tops of the hills, and if the Hops of one Pole be grown fa&s;t unto another, cut them al&s;o a&s;under with a &s;harp Hook, and with a forked &s;taffe take them from the Poles.</P>
<PB N="112" REF="65">
<P>You may make the Fork and Hook (which cutteth a&s;un|der the Hops that grow together) one apt in&s;trument to &s;erve both the&s;e turns.</P>
<P>Then may you with your forked <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nd, thru&s;t up, or &s;hove off all &s;uch &s;talks as remain upon each Hop-pole, and carry them to the Floore prepared for that purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>For the better doing hereof, it is very nece&s;&s;ary that your poles be &s;traight without &s;erags or knobs.</P>
<P>In any wi&s;e cut no more &s;talks then you &s;hall carry away within one hour or two at the mo&s;t, for if in the mean time the Sun &s;hine hot, and it happen to rain, the Hops (remain|ing cut in that &s;ort) will be much impaired thereby.</P>
<P>Let all &s;uch as help you &s;tand round about the Floore, and &s;uffer them not to pingle in picking one by one, but let them &s;peedily &s;trip them into Baskets prepared ready therefore.</P>
<P>It is not hurtfull greatly, though the &s;maller Leaves be mingled with the Hops, for in them is retained great vertue, in&s;omuch as in <HI>Flanders</HI> they were &s;old <HI>Anno Domini</HI> 1566 for xxvi. &s;hillings viii. pence the Hundred, no one Hop being mingled with them.</P>
<P>Remember alwayes to clear your Floor twice or thrice e|very day, and &s;weep it clean at every &s;uch time, before you go to work again.</P>
<P>If the weather be unlike to be fair, you may carry the&s;e Hops into your hou&s;e in Blankets or Baskets, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> and there accompli&s;h this work. U&s;e no Linnen hereabouts, for the Hops will &s;tain it &s;o, as it can never be wa&s;hed out.</P>
<P>If your poles be &s;eraggy, &s;o as you cannot &s;trip the &s;talks from them in this order, you mu&s;t pull them up with main force before the Hops be gathered, and this is painfull to your &s;elf, hurtfull to your Hops, and a delay to your work.</P>
<P>Then mu&s;t you lay the&s;e poles upon a couple of forked &s;talks driven into the ground, being two or three yards di|&s;tant one from another, as Spits upon Ranges, and &s;o di&s;patch this bu&s;ine&s;&s;e, if the weather be fair, if it be like to be foul, you mu&s;t be fain to carry the Hops together with the pole
<PB N="113" REF="65"> into your Barn or hou&s;e, that they may not take wet, and &s;o be made u&s;ele&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>In any wi&s;e let not the Hops be wet when you cut them from the hills, neither make any delay of gathering after the &s;ame time of cuttings, for in &s;tanding abroad they will &s;hed their &s;eed, wherein con&s;i&s;teth the chief vertue of the Hop, and hereof I cannot warn you too often, nor too earne&s;tly.</P>
<P>Now by order I &s;hould declare unto you the manner of drying your Hops, but becau&s;e I mu&s;t therewithall de&s;cribe the places meet for that purpo&s;e, with many circum&s;tances appertaining thereunto, I will be bold, fir&s;t to fini&s;h the work within your Hop-Garden, and then to lead you out of the &s;ame, into the place where you mu&s;t dry your Hops, &amp;c.</P>
<P>When your Hops are gathered, a&s;&s;oon as you have lei&s;ure, take up your Poles and pile them (that remain good) as I have &s;hewed you in the Title of Poles.</P>
<P>Then carry out your broken Poles, and your Hop-&s;traw to the fire.</P>
<P>Now may you depart out of your Garden, till the <HI>March</HI> following, except in the mean time you will bring in dung, or good earth to the maintenance thereof, towards the height|ning of your hills, or el&s;e will plow it, &amp;c.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>What there is to be done in Winter herein.</HEAD>
<P>TO be curious in laying dung upon the hills in Winter, as to comfort or warm the roots (as &s;ome do) it &s;hall be needle&s;&s;e, rather pluck down the hills, and let the roots lye bare all the Winter &s;ea&s;on, and this is u&s;ually done where <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ops are be&s;t ordered, e&s;pecially to re&s;train them from too rathe &s;pringing, which is the cau&s;e of bla&s;ts, and many o|ther inconveniences.</P>
<P>If the ground be great that you keep, you &s;hall be driven &s;o to do, otherwi&s;e you &s;hall not be able to overcome your work in due time.</P>
<P>In any ca&s;e you mu&s;t avoid new hor&s;e-dung as a very
<PB N="114" REF="66"> noy&s;ome and pernicious things for your Hops.</P>
<P>Stall dung is the be&s;t that can be wi&s;hed for to &s;erve this turn, &s;o it be throughly rotten.</P>
<P>Rather u&s;e no dung than unrotten dung about the dre&s;&s;ing of your Hops, but omit not to bring into your Garden dung, that may there be pre&s;erved till it be good or needfull to be u&s;ed.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>When and where to lay dung</HEAD>
<P>ABout the end of <HI>April</HI> (if your ground be not rich e|nough) you mu&s;t help every hill with a handfull or two of good earth, not when you cut your roots, for then it will rather do harm than good, but when the Hop is wound a|bout the pole, then &s;hould you do it.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The order for reforming your ground.</HEAD>
<P>IN <HI>March</HI> you may return to your Garden, and find it re|pleni&s;hed with weeds, except by tillage, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> you have pre|vented that matter already. It mu&s;t, (as well therefore be|cau&s;e the earth may be more fine, rich, and ea&s;ie to be deliver|ed unto the hils) be digged over or plowed, except in the ca&s;e mentioned.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The order of cutting Hop roots.</HEAD>
<P>WHen you pull down your hills, (which if you have not already done, you mu&s;t now of nece&s;&s;ity go a|bout to do) you &s;hould (with your Garden tool) undermine them round about, till you come near to the principal roots, and then take the upper or younger roots in your hand, and &s;hake off the earth, which earth being again removed away with your &s;aid tool, you &s;hall di&s;cern where the new roots grow out of the old Sets.</P>
<P>In the doing hereof, be carefull that you &s;poil not the old Sets, as for the other roots which are to be cut away, you &s;hall not need to &s;pare them to the delay of your work, ex|cept &s;uch as you mean to &s;et.</P>
<P>Take heed that you uncover not any more than the tops of the old Sets in the fir&s;t year of cutting.</P>
<PB N="115" REF="66">
<P>At what time &s;oever you pull down your hills, cut not your roots before the end of <HI>March,</HI> or in the beginning of <HI>April,</HI> and then remember the wind.</P>
<P>In the fir&s;t year (I mean) at the fir&s;t time of cutting and dre&s;&s;ing of your roots, you mu&s;t (with a &s;harp knife) cut a|way all &s;uch roots or &s;prings as grew the year before out of your Sets, within one inch of the &s;ame.</P>
<P>Every year after you mu&s;t cut them as clo&s;e as you can to the old roots, even as you &s;ee an O&s;iers head cut.</P>
<P>There groweth out of the old Sets certain roots, right downwards, not joynted at all, which &s;erve only for the nou|ri&s;hing and comfort of tho&s;e Sets or principall roots, which are not to be cut off. There be other like unto them growing outward at the fides of the Sets. If the&s;e be not met withall, and cut a&s;under, they will cucumber your whole Garden.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e it may &s;eem hard to di&s;cern the old Sets from the new &s;prings, I thought good to adverti&s;e you how ea&s;ie a thing it is to &s;ee the difference thereof; for fir&s;t you &s;hall be &s;ure to find your Sets where you did &s;et them, nothing in|crea&s;ed in length, but &s;omewhat in bigne&s;&s;e enlarged, and in few years all your Sets will be grown into one, &s;o as by the quantity that thing &s;hall plainly appear: and la&s;tly the difference is &s;een by the colour, the old root being red, the other white, but if the hills be not yearly pulled down, and the roots yearly cut, then indeed the old Sets &s;hall not be perceived from the other roots.</P>
<P>If your Sets be &s;mall, and placed in good ground, and the hill well maintained, the new Roots will be greater than the old.</P>
<P>If there grow in any hill a wild Hop, or when&s;oever the &s;talk waxeth red, or when the Hop in any wi&s;e decayeth, pull up every root in that hill, and &s;et new in their places, at the u&s;uall time of cutting and &s;etting, or if you li&s;t, you may do it when you gather Hops with the roots which you cut a|way, when you make your picking place.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="116" REF="67">
<HEAD>Of divers mens follies.</HEAD>
<P>Many men &s;eeing the &s;prings &s;o forward, as they will be by this time, are loth to lo&s;e the advantage hereof, and more unwilling to cut away &s;o many goodly roots, but they that are timorous in this behalf, take pity upon their own profit, and are like unto them that refrain to lay dung upon their Corn land, becau&s;e they will not beray it with &s;o un|cleanly a thing.</P>
<P>And &s;ome that take upon them great skill herein, think that for the fir&s;t year they may be left unhilled and uncut, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> deceiving them&s;elves with this conceit, that then the Sets pro&s;per be&s;t within the ground, when they &s;end lea&s;t of their nature and &s;tate out of the ground. In this re&s;pect al&s;o they pull away or &s;uppre&s;&s;e all &s;uch Springs (as &s;oon as they ap|pear) which grow more, and be&s;ides them which they mean to a&s;&s;ign to each Pole, as though when a mans finger were cut off, his hand would grow the greater. Indeed if there be no hill maintained, then the more Springs are &s;uffered to grow out from the principall root, the more burden and puni&s;hment it will be to the &s;ame. But when the Springs are maintained with a hill, &s;o much as remaineth within the &s;ame is converted into roots, which rather adde than take a|way any &s;tate from the principall root, in con&s;ideration here|of, the &s;uppre&s;&s;ing of the Springs may not be too rathe, for what&s;oever opinion be hereof received, the many Springs ne|ver hurt the principall root, if the the hills be well maintain|ed, but it is the cumbring and &s;hadowing of one to ano|ther, that worketh the annoyance.</P>
<P>When you have cut your Hops, you mu&s;t cover them as you were taught in the Title of Setting, and proceeding ac|cording to the order already &s;et down.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of di&s;order, and maintainers thereof.</HEAD>
<P>SOme there be that de&s;pi&s;e good order, being deceived with a &s;hew of increa&s;e, which &s;ometime appeareth in a di&s;or|dered
<PB N="117" REF="67"> ground, to them I &s;ay, and &s;ay it truly, that the &s;ame is a bad and a &s;mall increa&s;e in re&s;pect of the other.</P>
<P>I &s;ay al&s;o, that although di&s;orderly doings at the fir&s;t may have a countenance of good &s;ucce&s;&s;e, yet in few years the &s;ame, and all hope thereof will certainly decay.</P>
<P>Some others there be that de&s;pi&s;e good order, &s;atisfying them&s;elves with this, that they have &s;ufficiently to &s;erve their own turn, without all the&s;e troubles, and &s;urely it were pit|ty that the&s;e &s;hould be troubled with any great abundance, that in contempt of their own profit, and of the Common|wealth, neglect &s;uch a benefit preferred unto them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of an O&s;te.</HEAD>
<P>NOw have I &s;hewed unto you the perfect Platform of a Hop-Garden, out of the which I led you for a time, and brought you in again when time required, and there would I leave you about your bu&s;ine&s;&s;e, were it not to &s;hew you by de|&s;cription &s;uch an O&s;te as they dry their Hops upon at <HI>Poppe|ring,</HI> with the order thereof, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> Which for the &s;mall charges and trouble in drying, for the &s;peedy and well drying, and for the hand&s;ome and ea&s;ie doing thereof, may be a profitable pattern, and a nece&s;&s;ary in&s;truction for as many as have, or &s;hall have to do herein.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the &s;everall rooms for an O&s;te.</HEAD>
<P>FIr&s;t a little hou&s;e mu&s;t be built of length xviii. foot or xix. foot, of widene&s;&s;e eight, wherein mu&s;t be comprehended three &s;everall rooms.</P>
<P>The middle and principall room mu&s;t be for your O&s;te, eight foot &s;quare. The fore part, which is to contain your dryed Hops, will fall out to be five foot long, and eight foot wide a piece.</P>
<P>The chief matters that are to be by me de&s;cribed herein, are the Furnace below, wherein the fire is to be made, and
<PB N="118" REF="68"> the bed above, whereon the Hops mu&s;tly to be dryed: this I have chiefly to advi&s;e you of, that you build the whole hou&s;e, and every part thereof as clo&s;e as you can, and to place it near to your Garden, for the better expedition of your work, and &s;omewhat di&s;tant from your hou&s;e to avoid the danger of fire.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Furnace or Keel.</HEAD>
<P>THe Floore or nether part of your furnace mu&s;t be about thirteen inches wide.</P>
<P>The depth or height thereof mu&s;t be thirty inches.</P>
<P>The length of it mu&s;t be about &s;ix or &s;even foot (that is to &s;ay) reaching from the fore part of the O&s;te almo&s;t to the further end thereof, &s;o as there be left no more room but as a man may pa&s;&s;e between the wall and the end of it.</P>
<P>It mu&s;t be made wide below, and narrow above, fa&s;hioned in outward &s;hape &s;omewhat like to the roof of an hou&s;e.</P>
<P>It mu&s;t have three rows of holes at each &s;ide, the length of one Brick a&s;under, and the bigne&s;&s;e of half a Brick, placed checkerwi&s;e. Before you begin to make your holes, you &s;hould lay two rows of Brick, and when your three ranks of holes are placed upon them, you mu&s;t lay again over them ano|ther row of Brick, and upon the &s;ame you mu&s;t place your la&s;t and highe&s;t cour&s;e, and they mu&s;t &s;tand longwi&s;e (as it were a tiptoe) the tops of the Bricks meeting together above (the nether part of them re&s;ting upon the uppermo&s;t cour&s;e) and note that till then, each &s;ide mu&s;t be built along&s;t direct|ly upward.</P>
<P>You &s;hould leave almo&s;t a foot &s;pace between the mouth of your Furnace, and your rows of holes, e&s;pecially of that row which is nethermo&s;t.</P>
<P>The further or hinder end of your Furnace, the which is oppo&s;ite to the mouth thereof, mu&s;t be built flat with an up|right wall, and there mu&s;t be holes al&s;o left as at the &s;ides.</P>
<P>The Furnace in the top, (I mean from the upper cour&s;e of holes) mu&s;t be dawbed very well with morter.</P>
<P>And &s;o upon the top of your Furnace there will remain a
<PB N="119" REF="68"> gutter, (whereupon <HI>Flemmimgs</HI> u&s;e to bake Apples, <HI>&amp;c.)</HI> and the highe&s;t part thereof will reach within two foot and le&s;&s;e of the O&s;te.</P>
<P>Finally, it mu&s;t be placed upon the ground in the midde&s;t of the lower Floore of the O&s;te, which Floor mu&s;t be made
<FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of the back of a furnace</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>The hinder mo&s;t part or Fur|ther end of the Furnace</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
<FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of the side of a furnace</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>One &s;ide of the Furnace.</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
<FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of the front of a furnace</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>The mouth and fore|part of the Furnace.</HEAD>
</FIGURE> very perfect, fine and levell, the rea&s;on whereof you &s;hall per|ceive in the Title of drying.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the bed or upper floor of the O&s;te, whereon the Hope mu&s;t be dried.</HEAD>
<P>THe bed or upper floor, whereon your Hops &s;hall lye to be dryed, mu&s;t be placed almo&s;t five foot above the nether floor whereon the Furnace &s;tandeth.</P>
<P>The two walls at each &s;ide of the hou&s;e, &s;erve for the bed to re&s;t upon two wayes.</P>
<P>Now mu&s;t two other walls be built at each end of your O&s;te, whereon the other two parts of the bed mu&s;t re&s;t, and by this means &s;hall you have a clo&s;e &s;quare room beneath, be|twixt the lower floor and the bed, &s;o as the floor below &s;hall be as wide as the bed above.</P>
<P>The&s;e two walls mu&s;t al&s;o be made four foot above the bed (that is to &s;ay) about nine foot high.</P>
<P>At the one end below, be&s;ides the mouth of the Furnace, you mu&s;t make a little doore into the room beneath the bed. At
<PB N="120" REF="69"> the other end above the bed you mu&s;t make a Window to &s;hove off from the bed the dryed Hops, down into the room below prepared for them.</P>
<P>The bed &s;hould be made as the bed of any other O&s;te, &s;aving that the Rails or Laths, which &s;erve thereto, mu&s;t be &s;awn very even one inch &s;quare, and laid one quarter of an inch a&s;under. But there may be no more beams to &s;tay the Laths but one, and the &s;ame mu&s;t be laid flat and not on edge, in the midde&s;t from one end of the room to the other, and the Laths mu&s;t be let into the &s;ame beam, &s;o as the upper &s;ide of the beam, and all the Laths may lye even.</P>
<P>If your Garden be very great, you may build your hou&s;e &s;omewhat larger, namely xxii. foot long, and ten foot broad, and then you mu&s;t make in this O&s;te two Furnaces, three or four foot a&s;under, placing the doore betwixt them both, o|therwi&s;e in all points like to that which I fir&s;t de&s;cribed, and
<FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of the interior of an oast house or hop kiln</FIGDESC>
<P>The window pointed unto may not stand below in the nether room, but above as is before decla|red.</P>
</FIGURE> the ground-work hereof is to &s;et out here, that any Carpen|ter will ea&s;ily frame the whole hou&s;e by the &s;ame Figure.</P>
<P>And now once again wi&s;hing you to make every doore, Window and joynt of this hou&s;e clo&s;e, I will leave building, and proceed to the drying of Hops, &s;aving that I may not o|mit to tell you, that you &s;hould either build all the walls of this Room with Brick, or el&s;e with Lime and Hair par|git them over: and at the lea&s;t that wall wherein the
<PB N="121" REF="69"> mouth of the Furnace &s;tandeth, be made of Brick.</P>
<P>And although I have delayed you from time to time; and brought you from place to place, and tediou&s;ly led you in and out, to and fro in the demon&s;tration hereof, yet mu&s;t I be bold to bring you round about again, even to the place where I left you picking, from whence you mu&s;t &s;peedily con|vey your pickt Hops to the place built and prepared for them, and with as much &s;peed ha&s;ten the driyng of them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The orderly drying of Hope.</HEAD>
<P>THe fir&s;t bu&s;ine&s;&s;e that is to be done herein, is to go up to the bed of the O&s;te, and there to receive baskets filled with Hops, at the hands of one that &s;tandeth below.</P>
<P>Then beginning at the further end (left you &s;hould tread on them) lay down Basketfull by Basketfull, till the floore or bed be all covered, alwayes &s;tirring them even and levell, with a Cudgell, &s;o as they may lye about a foot and a half thick, and note that upon this O&s;te, there is no O&s;te-cloth to be u&s;ed.</P>
<P>Now mu&s;t you come down to make your fire in the Fur|nace, for the kindling whereof your old broken Poles are very good, howbeit for the continuance and maintenance of this fire, that wood is be&s;t which is not too dry, and &s;ome|what great.</P>
<P>Your Hop|&s;talks or any other &s;traw is not to be u&s;ed herein.</P>
<P>You &s;hall not need to lay the wood through to the further end of your Furnace, for the fire made in the forepart there|of, will bend that way, &s;o as the heat will univer&s;ally and in|differently a&s;cend and proceed out of every hole.</P>
<P>You mu&s;t keep herein a continuall and hot fire, Howbeit you mu&s;t &s;tir it as little as you can.</P>
<P>Neither may you &s;tir the Hops that lye upon the O&s;te, untill they be throughly dryed.</P>
<P>When they are dry above, then they are ready to be remo|ved away, and yet &s;ometimes it happeneth, (that through
<PB N="122" REF="70"> the di&s;orderly laying of them) they are not &s;o &s;oon dry in one place, as they are in another.</P>
<P>The way to help that matter, is to tak a little Pole (where|with you &s;hall &s;enfibly feel and perceive which be, and which be not dry, by the rattling of the Hops which you &s;hall there|with touch) and with the &s;ame Pole to turn-a&s;ide &s;uch Hops as be not dry, abating the thickne&s;&s;e to the moi&s;t place.</P>
<P>When your Hops are dry, rake up the fire in &s;uch &s;ort, as there may be no delay in the renewing thereof.</P>
<P>Then with exp<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">dition &s;hove them out of the Window be|fore mentioned into the room prepared to receive them, with a Rake fa&s;hioned like a Cole-rake, having in&s;tead of teeth a board, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>This being done, go down into the lower Floor, and &s;weep together &s;uch Hops and &s;eeds, as are fallen thereinto, and lay them up among the dryed Hops, and then without delay cover the bed again with green Hops, and kindle your fire.</P>
<P>Lay your dryed Hops on a heap together till they be cold, and by this means &s;uch as were not perfectly dryed through &s;ome di&s;order upon the O&s;te, &s;hall now be reformed.</P>
<P>If they have been well ordered, they will now be brown, and yet bright.</P>
<P>If they be black and dark, it is a note that they are di&s;|ordered.</P>
<P>The <HI>Flemmings</HI> pack them not up before they &s;ell them to to the Merchant, but lay them in &s;ome corner of a Loft, where they tread them clo&s;e together.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Other wayes of drying not &s;o good.</HEAD>
<P>SOme u&s;e to dry their Hops upon a common O&s;te, but that way there can be no great &s;peed in your work, nor &s;mall expence of your wood, be&s;ides the danger of fire and ill &s;uc|ce&s;&s;e of your doings.</P>
<P>On this O&s;te you mu&s;t have an O&s;te cloth, otherwi&s;e the Seed and Hops that fall down &s;hall not onely peri&s;h, but en|danger the burning of your O&s;te.</P>
<PB N="123" REF="70">
<P>Upon this O&s;te you may not lay your Hops above eight or nine inches thick, which neverthele&s;&s;e &s;hall not be &s;o &s;oon dry, as they which lye upon the other O&s;te almo&s;t two foot thick, and therefore this way you &s;hall make more toil in your work, more &s;poil in your Hops, and more expence in your wood.</P>
<P>Some u&s;e to dry their Hops in a Garret, or upon the floor of a Loft or Chamber, in the reproof whereof I mu&s;t &s;ay, that as few men have room enough in their hou&s;es to contain a|ny great quantity or multitude of Hops, &s;o the du&s;t that will ari&s;e &s;hall empair them, the chinks, crevi&s;es, and open joynts of your Lofts, being not clo&s;e byrthed, will devour the &s;eeds of them. in the end the Leaves will endanger them with heating, when they are packt, as being not &s;o &s;oon dry as the Hops, which thereby will be utterly &s;poiled in colour, in &s;cent and in verdure.</P>
<P>As for any low rooms or earthen floors, they are yet wor&s;e for this purpo&s;e than the other, for either they yield du&s;t in dryne&s;&s;e, or moi&s;ture in wet weather.</P>
<P>And therefore if you have no O&s;te, dry them in a Loft as open to the air as may be: &s;weep, wa&s;h and rub the boards, and let your Broom reach to the walls, and even to the roof of your Loft, for I can teach you no way to divide the du&s;t from your Hops, but &s;o to prevent the inconvenience hereof.</P>
<P>Stop the holes and chinks of your floor, lay them not a|bove half a foot thick, and turn them once a day at the lea&s;t, by the &s;pace of two or three weeks.</P>
<P>This being done, &s;weep them up into a corner of your Loft, and there let them lye as long more, for yet there remain|neth perill in packing of them.</P>
<P>If the year prove very wet, your Hops ask the longer time of drying, and without an O&s;te will never be well dryed.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The very wor&s;t way of drying Hops.</HEAD>
<P>SOme lay their Hops in the Sun to dry, and this taketh away the &s;tate of the Hoppes, contrary to the
<PB N="124" REF="71"> purpo&s;e of drying, which is very prejudiciall to the Brewer.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of not Drying.</HEAD>
<P>SOme gather them, and brew with them being green and undryed, &s;uppo&s;ing that in drying the vertue and &s;tate of the Hop d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">cayeth and fadeth away, wherein they are decei|ved: for the verdure is wor&s;e, the &s;trength le&s;&s;e, and the quan|tity mu&s;t be more of green Hops, that are to be brewed in this &s;ort.</P>
<P>In the fir&s;t wort, which the Brewers call the Hop-wort (becau&s;e the time of &s;eething thereof is &s;hort) there goeth out of the&s;e Hops almo&s;t no vertue at all, and therefore ex|perience hath taught them that are driven to brew with the&s;e green Hops, to &s;eeth them again in the wort, which they call Ney-beere, where after long &s;eething they will leave the &s;tate which remaineth in them, and that is not much.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the packing of Hops.</HEAD>
<P>IN the making of your Hop-&s;acks, u&s;e your own cunning or invention, for I have &s;mall skill therein, Howbeit I can tell you, that the Hop-&s;acks which are brought out of <HI>Flan|ders,</HI> may be good Samplers for you to work by, the &s;tuffe is not dainty where with they are made, the Loom is not co&s;t|ly wherein they are woven, the cunning not curious whereby they are fa&s;hioned, but when you have them, and are ready to pack your Hops, do thus.</P>
<P>Thru&s;t into the mouth of your Sack (which mu&s;t be dou|bled and turned in &s;trongly le&s;t it break) four &s;trong pinnes, a foot long a piece, placed in equall di&s;tance the one from the other, then lay two Bats, or big Poles cro&s;&s;e or thwart two beams or couplings of your hou&s;e, which two Bats mu&s;tly no further a&s;under than the widene&s;&s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of the Sacks mouth. Fa&s;ten upon each pin a Rope, and knit two of tho&s;e Ropes upon each cro&s;&s;e Bat, &s;o as the bottome of the Sack being empty, may hang within half a foot of the floore, then &s;tand within the Sack, and receive the Hops, treading down very hard, and before the Sack be half full, it will re&s;t upon
<PB N="125" REF="71"> the ground, whereby you &s;hall be able to pre&s;&s;e them the har+der together.</P>
<P>But the hand&s;ommer way were to make a &s;quare hole (as wide as the Sacks mouth) in the floor of the loft, where your Hops lye, and to hang down your Sack at that hole, and with a Scuppet or &s;hovell to &s;hove down your Hops therein|to, and to receive them as is afore&s;aid: when the Sack is al|mo&s;t full, undo the Ropes, and wind tho&s;e pinnes about for the harder &s;hutting of the Sack, and fa&s;ten them therein.</P>
<P>If you plea&s;e, you may &s;ow (over the mouth of this Sack) another piece of Sackcloth, whereof you mu&s;t leave a little un&s;owed, untill you have thru&s;t as many Hops as you can between the Sack and the &s;ame, but in beholding the Hop|&s;acks &s;ent from <HI>Poppering,</HI> you &s;hall better under&s;tand and learn the doings hereof.</P>
<P>For your own provi&s;ion, you may pre&s;erve them in Dry|fats, Barrells, or &s;uch like ve&s;&s;ells, for want of room to leave them in, or Sacks to pack them in.</P>
<P>There is according to the Proverb, <HI>much fal&s;hood in packing,</HI> I am unskillfull in that Art, If I were otherwi&s;e, I would be loth to teach &s;uch dctorine.</P>
<P>But to avoid &s;uch deceit, and to make the more perfect and better choice, it is u&s;uall and lawfull in mo&s;t places, where Hops are &s;old, to cut the Sack that you mean to buy, in &s;even or eight places, and to &s;earch at each place, whether the Hops be of like goodne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Such places as you &s;hall feel with your hand to be &s;ofter than the re&s;t, you &s;hould &s;pecially cut, where perhaps you &s;hall find Hops of another kind, elder or wor&s;e than the re&s;t.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The reformation of a Garden of wild-Hops.</HEAD>
<P>TO reform a Garden where the Hops be wild, the work is tedious, and none other way remaineth, but to dig over the &s;ame with a Spade, &s;o deep as you may &s;earch out and throw out every root, and piece of Root that
<PB N="126" REF="72"> may be found in, or near thereunto, and then to plant accor|ding to the order before declared.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The reformation of a di&s;ordered Garden.</HEAD>
<P>TO repair a ruinous Garden, which through ignorance was di&s;orderly &s;et, and through &s;loth &s;uffered to over|run and decay, where neverthele&s;&s;e, the Hops remain of a good kind (though &s;omewhat empaired, as they mu&s;t needs be by this mean) the very be&s;t way were to do as to the wild Hop.</P>
<P>The &s;econd way is to forget that it is di&s;ordered at all, ima|gining that all were well, and to &s;et your Poles in &s;uch order and &s;o far a&s;under, as is pre&s;cribed in that Title, alwayes di|recting them right with a line, &s;o as a &s;tranger beholding them, may &s;uppo&s;e that your Garden is kept after the be&s;t manner, then lead unto each Pole two or three &s;talks, which you &s;hall find neare&s;t thereunto, and there erect a hill which you may ever after cut and dre&s;&s;e according to the rules be|fore declared, and &s;o by continuall digging, paring, and dili|gence, you may at la&s;t bring it to &s;ome rea&s;onable perfection.</P>
<P>If your Garden be very much matted with roots, &s;o asit be too tedious to digge, &s;et your Poles as you are already taught, and bring into your Garden, and lay near to every &s;uch place, where you mean to make a hill, one Cart load of good earth, with the which, after your Hops are tyed to your Poles, begin to make your hill, and proceed as in the Title of hills, alwayes cutting down &s;uch Hops or weeds as grow between the &s;aid hills.</P>
<P>If your root be &s;et orderly, and your hills made accor|dingly, and yet left undre&s;&s;ed by the &s;pace of two or three years, it will be very hard (I &s;ay) to di&s;cern the Sets from the other later roots: neverthele&s;&s;e if your ground be good, you may yet reform the inconvenience thereof, namely, by pulling down the hill, and cutting away all the roots con|tained therein, even with the face or upper part of the earth, &s;earching al&s;o each &s;ide, and digging yet lower, and round a|bout
<PB N="127" REF="72"> the root which remaineth, and to take away from the &s;ame all &s;uch roots as appear out thereof.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Needle&s;&s;e curio&s;ities u&s;ed by the unskilfull.</HEAD>
<P>TO water your Garden, as to make the roots grow the better, it were more tedious then needfull, for the hil|ling thereof &s;erveth for that purpo&s;e, and there is time of growing &s;ufficient for them betwixt the midde&s;t of <HI>April</HI> and <HI>Augu&s;t;</HI> and yet it never hurteth, but rather doth good, if it be before the hill be made.</P>
<P>To pluck off the Leaves, to the end that the Hops may pro|&s;per the better, is al&s;o needle&s;&s;e, and to no purpo&s;e, and rather hindereth than helpeth the growth of the Hops, for they are hereby deprived of that garment which Nature hath nece&s;&s;a|rily provided for them, and clothed them with.</P>
<P>To flaw the Poles, thereby to prolong their continuance, is more than needeth to be done in this behalf, for it is too tedious to your &s;elf, and hurtfull to your Hop, and little a|vailable to the purpo&s;es afore&s;aid.</P>
<P>To burn the nether part or great end of your Poles, as &s;ome do, to the end they &s;hould la&s;t or endure the longer, is al&s;o an unnece&s;&s;ary trouble, onely Willow-Poles you may &s;o u&s;e, to keep them from growing.</P>
<P>So is it to weed the hills with the hand, whereas the &s;ame weeds &s;hall be buried by the rai&s;ing of the hill.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<P>THus have you a brief and &s;hort De&s;cription of the Platform of a Hop-Garden: what ground is fit for them, as al&s;o the Scituation thereof, with the Proportion of ground a man may employ about Hops, which may either
<PB N="128" REF="73"> be according to his own expending in his own private Fa|mily, or el&s;e according to the charge which he intendeth to be&s;tow about it, either of which will be well recompen&s;ed, if Gods ble&s;&s;ing go along with the pains and indu&s;try of the Husbandman: for who&s;e direction in the managing of his work, this &s;mall Treati&s;e was compiled: for be&s;ides the Platform, fitne&s;&s;e or unfitne&s;&s;e of the Ground, <HI>&amp;c.</HI> here. in you may learn how to choo&s;e, and &s;et your Roots: the di&s;tance of the Hills one from another; the number of Hop-poles, which you are to &s;et about each hills: in con|clu&s;ion your Hops being come to perfection, the manner of gathering, drying and packing them up that they may con|tinue long, and keep &s;weet. No man ever wrote more ful|ly concerning the ordering of Hops from the fir&s;t &s;etting them into the Ground, untill the drying, and laying them up for &s;tore, than this Authour hath done, none with more brevity.</P>
<P>The Husbandmans due ob&s;ervation of the&s;e Directions is required, and without que&s;tion he cannot fall &s;hort of his expectation.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="129" REF="73">
<HEAD>Here follow certaine directions for the Sowing, Planting and Tran&s;planting of TABACO.</HEAD>
<P>I Intend to write but &s;paringly of this &s;ubject (th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ough not very many have formerly treated here of:) I &s;hall fir&s;t therefore begin (pa&s;&s;ing by the &s;everall names it is called by) as al&s;o the &s;everall &s;pecies or kinds thereof. With us in <HI>England</HI> generally it is called Tabaco, the &s;hape and forme whereof very much re&s;embleth the greater Com|fry, in&s;omuch that &s;ome would take it, or rather mi&s;take it for great Comfry, they may rather deeme it to be yellow Henbane, they are not much unlike. It hath a thick round &s;talk nere about two foot high, whereon do grow fat green leaves, but not &s;o large as that which grows in the Indies, &s;omewhat round pointed, not being notched or cut in the edges, and bigger down ward towward the root than it is a|bove: while it is young it is leaved, and putteth forth &s;ome branches di&s;tant from one another halfe a foot, whereby it is furni&s;hed with leaves, and putting forth &s;everall joynts, at length it grows to a great height. The &s;talk branching forth beareth at the tops &s;undry flowers coming out of a &s;wad or husk, having the fa&s;hion of a bell, &s;carce &s;tanding above the brinks of the husk: no &s;ooner are the flowers gone, but the &s;eeds appeare, which are very &s;mall, not much unlike the &s;eeds of yellow henbane; when they are not yet ripe they are of a green colour, but when they be ripe, they are of a black colour. The roots are not very great nor woody, but peri|&s;hing,
<PB N="130" REF="74"> but that, not with&s;tanding the hard fro&s;ts in winter, it &s;prouts up againe in the Spring.</P>
<P>The &s;eeds were fir&s;t brought from &s;ome remote part of the world into this Commonwealth not many yeares &s;ince, and were it not for its phy&s;icall qualities that it hath, more than the great benefit which will redound to this Nation by planting it (being not of veric great e&s;teeme) I had &s;pared this labour: and my chiefe rea&s;on for this is, be|cau&s;e I am of opinion, that hearbs either tran&s;planted, or brought in &s;eed into this Land, (if it &s;hall agree with the &s;oyl) will agree better with the con&s;titution of our bodies, than that which is brought from any forrein part from be|yond the Seas.</P>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The nature of the Soyle that is required for the Sowing, Planting or Tran&s;planting Tabaco.</HEAD>
<P>THe mo&s;t fruitfull and fertil &s;oyle naturally, or by art &s;o made, is mo&s;t requi&s;ite for this purpo&s;e: if the Soyle be naturally fat and &s;trong, regard likewi&s;e mu&s;t be had of the &s;cituation of the ground, whether in field or garden, that the place be not over-&s;hadowed with Trees, whereby the Sunne may be hindered from yielding unto it its heat: neither mu&s;t your Tabaco be planted or &s;owne in wide &amp; large fields which lies open to all winds and wea|thers, e&s;pecially the North winds. And as unkindly bla&s;ts are a great enemy to the thriving of it on the one &s;ide, &s;o on the other &s;ide, the want of the comfort of the heat of the Sunne will &s;o chill it, that it will never come to perfection.</P>
<P>But if by Art: your ground mu&s;t be well dunged and manured, which ought to be mixed and incorporated with the earth, that there may not be the lea&s;t appearance of Dung. Moreover the Dung you &s;o make u&s;e of mu&s;t lie a long time rotting, if it be gathered out of the &s;table: Your be&s;t &s;oyle therefore for pre&s;ent occa&s;ion is &s;uch as is taken up in the &s;treets, or el&s;e A&s;hes &s;ifted.
<PB N="131" REF="74"> Your Hops and Tabaco will require the &s;elfe manuring, and I am of opinion that &s;uch lands as they &s;ow their Hempe in, mu&s;t needs be fit for this purpo&s;e, becau&s;e it is fat and mellow.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The be&s;t way of &s;owing your Seeds</HEAD>
<P>SOme are of opinion that the Seeds &s;hould be care|le&s;ly ca&s;t abroad without either &s;owing or raking, the ground being fir&s;t prepared with the Plough or the Spade.</P>
<P>Others againe will tell you, that you mu&s;t make a &s;mall hole in the ground with your finger, about the depth of your fingers length, wherein you may put ten or twelve &s;eeds, and &s;o cover the hole againe: and this rea&s;on they give for their &s;o doing: for &s;ay they, the &s;eeds being very &s;mall, are either &s;ubject to be blowne away by every &s;mall winde: or el&s;e parched by the ex|treame &s;corching heat of the Sunne. I prefer this way before the former.</P>
<P>Others againe would have us &s;ow the &s;eeds as Lettu|ces and other &s;mall &s;eeds are committed to the ground, by taking &s;ome of the fine&s;t moulde, and putting it into a platter of wood, or &s;ome &s;uch like ve&s;&s;ell, mix|ing the earth very well with the &s;eed, and &s;o ca&s;t to it on the ground very thinne and &s;paringly. This may be their rea&s;on, becau&s;e the &s;eed being mixed &s;o well with the earth, will &s;tick clo&s;e to &s;ome &s;mall crummes of earth, that the wind cannot di&s;per&s;e it, and be&s;ides it occa&s;ioneth the &s;peedier rooting thereof, and &s;omewhat &s;helters it, that the heat of the Sunne will not much annoy it: but if you &s;hall put a &s;mall quantity of A&s;hes very finely &s;ifted into the ve&s;&s;ell among the earth and &s;eeds, it would be much better.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="132" REF="75">
<HEAD>The time of Sowing or Planting.</HEAD>
<P>IN the Moneths of <HI>March, Aprill,</HI> or <HI>May,</HI> the Seed may be committed to the earth, but the mo&s;t fit and conveniente&s;t &s;ea&s;on is conceived to be in the midde&s;t of <HI>Aprill,</HI> or before (if the Spring be very forward) for <HI>March</HI> winds are no good friend unto them: wherefore a good way were to cover your beds, already &s;owed, with old Matts, and when the Sunne doth appeare to uncover them the next morning, but becau&s;e you &s;hould &s;pare &s;ome daily labour and toyle you might be put to, once for all fence it with reeds again&s;t the North-wind, for the &s;pace of a moneth or two.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of ordering your ground after Sowing your Seed,</HEAD>
<P>IN the fir&s;t place keep your ground cleare from weeds, a&s;well before the &s;owing of the &s;eed, as afterwards, becau&s;e otherwi&s;e the weeds will choake the plant, and &s;teal away the &s;trength of the ground, which &s;hould nou|ri&s;h it. Al&s;o it would not be ami&s;&s;e to remove all &s;tones from about them, becau&s;e the &s;tones will im|pede their growth, and may occa&s;ion it to grow awry, contrary to the nature of it. Indeed, if we will believe au|thors, it is a very &s;ullen Plant, and apt to take di&s;ta&s;t, which may be the rea&s;on that Phy&s;icians terme it a hearbe of <HI>Mars,</HI> and I may adde another ob&s;ervation of my owne, that from hence it is that all the Souldiers &s;o generally approve of it, that &s;carce one of a hundred can be well long without it. I write not this to give any encouragement to our Engli&s;h Planters of <HI>Tabaco,</HI> becau&s;e when they have done all they can, they are recompenced with a &s;orry crop in eonclu&s;ion, it being, generally &s;tiled by the name of <HI>Mundungos:</HI> but rather to animate Gentlemen, who happily may have &s;pare ground enough, to &s;ow and plant it in their Gardens,
<PB N="133" REF="75"> not that they &s;hould think thereby to make any great gain by it, but to have it in readine&s;&s;e when occa&s;ion &s;hall re|quire, either for his own or neighbours u&s;e. The rare vertues of Tabaco, the Phy&s;icians, Apothecaries and Her|bali&s;ts, can be&s;t acquaint you with.</P>
<P>If the Sea&s;on of the year prove hot and dry, after the &s;owing of your &s;eed, you mu&s;t have a &s;peciall care to the watering of your ground, and this mu&s;t be done neither too early, nor too late in the morning, e&s;pecially in the Mo|neths of <HI>April</HI> or <HI>May,</HI> nor too late in the Evening, and after the leaf hath appeared above ground, about a foot high, you may then tran&s;plant them.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The manner of tran&s;planting Tabaco.</HEAD>
<P>YOu &s;hall (for you mu&s;t be very chary of roots that you peri&s;h them not) take a knife, or &s;ome other tool, and cut round about the roots all the earth &s;o deep as you may take up the roots entire, which when you have done, you mu&s;t be very chary in &s;eparating of them, (if there be more than one root) wherefore your be&s;t way is to take the earth, that you &s;o digged up, with the roots, and put it into a Tub of water, and in &s;hort time the water will wa&s;h away the earth from the &s;mall and tender Imps, and by this means, you may &s;ever the one Imp from the other without any danger of breaking them; the one being parted from the other, &s;et them in the place (which before either was, or mu&s;t now be prepared for them) about four foot di&s;tance, the one from the other, and as near as you can &s;o order it, that it may have the benefit of the South Sun, and that they may be defended from the North-winds: with all let them not want of their due watering in Summer, for as drink to a thir&s;ty &s;oul; &s;o water cheri&s;heth and refre&s;heth the drooping and almo&s;t dropping leaves of each Plant: but chiefly this Plant, which above all o|ther will require it, for of it &s;ell, it is very hot by nature.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="134" REF="76">
<HEAD>The time of gathering it for your u&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>THe &s;tore that you intend to keep for your u&s;e by you, mu&s;t be gathered before that it either flowreth or &s;eed|eth, and therefore I conceive your be&s;t time woud be about the middle of <HI>June,</HI> for then it is in its full &s;trength, and having gather'd it, you may not leave it in the Sun to dry, but as Colesfoot is ordered in drying, &s;o may you order your Tabaco, and be &s;ure that each leaf be through dry before you put them together, for fear le&s;t they &s;hould grow mu&s;ty, and by that means made u&s;ele&s;&s;e, and to prevent this, your wi|&s;e&s;t cour&s;e will be to let them hang &s;everally by them&s;elves, as at fir&s;t, onely you may, if you plea&s;e, remove them from the drying place in Winter into &s;ome warmer place, becau&s;e though in the Summer, it lying open to the aire, it was be|neficiall to you, it may in the Winter prove as prejudi|ciall.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The time of flowring and &s;eeding.</HEAD>
<P>IT beareth Flowers from the latter end of <HI>June</HI> till the latter end of <HI>Augu&s;t,</HI> and they are of a greeni&s;h, yellow colour, which the &s;talk branching forth, doth bear at the top thereof: the&s;e flowers are &s;et in green husks, but ap|pear not much above the brims of of the husks. The &s;eed is likewi&s;e contained in the great heads, after the flowers are decayed.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>Of the Roots and Leaves.</HEAD>
<P>THe Roots and Leaves do yield a Glui&s;h and Rofin&s;h kind of juice, &s;omewhat yellow, and &s;melling &s;omewhat like Ro&s;in, but unplea&s;ant, and of a &s;harp, eager and biting ta&s;te; which &s;hews that it is by nature hot, more than in the &s;econd degree, and dry in the fir&s;t, whereupon we may inferre, that it is no kind of yellow Henbane.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<PB N="135" REF="76">
<HEAD>To pre&s;erve the Plant or Roote from dying <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n the Winter.</HEAD>
<P>THe root (as I &s;aid before) may &s;pring up againe of its owne accord, but &s;eldome after a &s;harp win|ter: for when long and tedious fro&s;ts have cru&s;ted the earth, out of all que&s;tion the roote, if not pe|ri&s;hed, will be much endangered, and at the 'Spring time not be able, thorough weakne&s;&s;e, to pro&s;per. Therefore I &s;hall direct you how to pre&s;erve them, and keep the leaves green all the winter.</P>
<P>Some would have you &s;ence about your ground with reeds, or &s;uch things, as will breake the force of the cold winds: and to pre&s;erve them from fro&s;ts, they advi&s;e you to cover the Plants with Matts: but as &s;uch a weight continually pre&s;&s;ing the Plant downe will rotte it, &s;o will it do but little good to the Plants in ex|tremity of Winter.</P>
<P>Others would have you make a &s;light hou&s;e of Deale about your Plants to pre&s;erve them, which you may remove afterwards. Such as have enough may be at this un nece&s;&s;ary charge.</P>
<P>But the be&s;t way, as I conceive, to pre&s;erve them is by removing them in the winter, the manner thus: Take up the root with the earth about them, put all into &s;ome pot or any other thing fit for the purpo&s;e, and &s;et them in a warme place about your hou&s;e, and let it abide there all the winter, but if the Sun chance to &s;hine very hot, afford your Plant the benefit thereof for one hour or two, and &s;o returne it to its former place, this is the mo&s;t certaine way to pre&s;erve roots and Plants all the Winter, and in the Spring &s;et them into the ground with the &s;ame earth about them.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
<PB REF="77">
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="77" MS="y">
<P>The expert Gardener: OR, A Treati&s;e containing certaine ne|ce&s;&s;ary, &s;ecret, and ordinary knowledges in Grafting and Gardening; with divers proper new Plots for the Garden. Al&s;o &s;undry expert directions to know the time and &s;ea&s;on when to &s;ow and replant all manner of Seeds. With divers remedies to de&s;troy Snailes, Canker-wormes, Moths, Garden-Fleas, Earth-wormes, Moles, and other Vermine. <HI>Faithfully collected out of &s;undry Dutch and French Authors.</HI></P>
<P>LONDON, Printed by <HI>William Hunt.</HI> 1654.</P>
<PB REF="78">
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="text">
<PB N="1" REF="78">
<HEAD>Certaine common Instructions how the Stumpe mu&s;t be cho&s;en whereupon you will graffe or plant.</HEAD>
<P>_EVery diligent Hou&s;holder who will plant, &s;hould u&s;e thereto a convenient place, to the end, that the wild bea&s;t chaw not, nor paire the plants; or if they be young, wholly eat in pieces; which to avoid, is needfull to be in a towne or clo&s;ed Orchard, where there is not too much &s;hadow, but a &s;weet ground well muckt, tilled and turned.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Every Plant will have foure things.</HEAD>
<P>Fir&s;t moi&s;tne&s;&s;e, &s;o that the &s;eeds or &s;tumpe bee moi&s;t or green.</P>
<P>Secondly, a convenient place, which hath &s;uch earth as will lightly be rubbed to pouder, and that Sun may come to it; for where there is filthy lome, a lean ground, or &s;andy, dry, burnt, or &s;alt ground, there is nothing good to be planted, to have any continuance; neverthele&s;&s;e where the ground is lean, there you mu&s;t give more dung; in a fat ground not &s;o much. Take heed the ground be not too moi&s;t
<PB N="2" REF="79"> nor too dry; and muck the trees with hogs dung.</P>
<P>Thirdly, a mediate water or nouri&s;hing moi&s;tne&s;s, therefore be tho&s;e Orchards be&s;t which are &s;cituated between two waters; for tho&s;e that are placed by a water &s;ide, remaine &s;till young and fruitfull, and have commonly the bark &s;moother and thinner than the others. And tho&s;e trees are more fruitful then others which are planted in a vally, or in the lower part of a deep hill; for from tho&s;e hils may come to them nouri&s;hment and moi&s;tne&s;s, and the ground which is &s;o &s;cituated is very fruitfull. But he that cannot get for his trees &s;uch a ground, mu&s;t with all diligence &s;eek to bring to his trees a little &s;pring or pond, of which the trees may &s;ometimes find &s;ome reviving, and if you may not have any of tho&s;e, and have a gar|den who by it &s;elfe is naught, the trees wil grow with thick roots, which hindereth the growing of them, and drieth them at length.</P>
<P>Fourthly, the air is required, which mu&s;t be agree|able to them, and of complexion to bear; for there be &s;ome trees that doe pro&s;per in all aires, to wit, apple, and peare, cherry and plum-trees. Some will have a cold air, to wit, che&s;nut-trees; and &s;ome a very warm aire, as the palme and pepper trees: therefore they be rare with us. That plant which hath the&s;e four things &s;hall pro&s;per: and if they want one or more of the&s;e four things, they will decay and their pro&s;pe|ring peri&s;h.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>At what time trees ought to be planted and &s;et.</HEAD>
<P>ALL kind of trees may be planted, tran&s;ported, and cut in March, but it is better to turn them in October, for then the fro&s;t hurteth them not &s;o
<PB N="3" REF="79"> much as at other times; for learned men &s;ay, that in dry Towns and warm Countries they plant in Octo|ber or November, and that in moi&s;t Towns and cold vallies, they plant in February or March: in none o|ther time may you plant or graffe. When you will plant or &s;et againe wild &s;tumps, if there be any thing broken at the root, cut it off. Every plant mu&s;t be &s;et two foot one from another, or at the lea&s;t one foot, e&s;pecially when they &s;hould beare &s;trong fruites: likewi&s;e when thou wilt &s;et &s;trong &s;eeds, as nuts, al|monds and peaches. When a man will plant two &s;tumps, &s;o mu&s;t they be of two yeare old, except the vine.</P>
<P>The&s;e things you mu&s;t under&s;tand of tho&s;e plants or &s;tumps which are planted with roots.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How the &s;tumps and plants mu&s;t be prepared and dre&s;&s;ed, which you will plant.</HEAD>
<P>THe plant or &s;prout you mu&s;t cut round about, &s;o that you leave the very end of it, and put it then into a hole, but if the &s;tump be great, cut it clean off, and then put only the undermo&s;t part into a hole, long or &s;hort as you will; but if you find two &s;tumps grown together, you may cut the le&s;&s;er away. And above all things, you mu&s;t take heed that the &s;prout grow upright, and if it will not, you mu&s;t con|&s;traine it, and tie it to a &s;tick.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Here follow certaine in&s;tructions how the trees mu&s;t be kept, and how you mu&s;t labour them.</HEAD>
<P>SOme trees will have a fat ground, as Figge trees and Mulberrie trees, and &s;ome leane ground, but
<PB N="4" REF="80"> all trees be in that point equall, that they will have in the top dry ground, and in the bottome moi&s;t earth.</P>
<P N="2">2. In Harve&s;t you mu&s;t uncover the roots of the trees &s;o deep, that they may partly be &s;een, and lay dung upon them, which dung mu&s;t be di&s;&s;olved of raine in the ground, that it may come to the roots, which mucking giveth good increa&s;e to the roots.</P>
<P N="3">3. If the ground wherein the trees &s;tand bee too &s;andy, then mix among it faire and new lome; and if it bee too lomy, then mix among&s;t it &s;and in place of mucke, the which you mu&s;t not only doe hard by the tree, but al&s;o four or five foot off from it round about the tree, according as the tree is in bigne&s;&s;e, or that the roots are large and great.</P>
<P>Such diligence, giveth to the trees great help, for their nouri&s;hment and &s;trength is thereby renewed. Hereafter you &s;hall under&s;tand, whereby to know the fruitfull &s;oile.</P>
<P N="4">4. In the fat ground, the &s;tumps whereupon you wil graff, mu&s;t be left long, but in lean ground &s;hort.</P>
<P N="5">5. The plants of trees from their youth, till three years mu&s;t not be cut nor &s;hred, but they may bee tran&s;ported, and if they be too weak you may pricke &s;ticks next unto them.</P>
<P N="6">6. Diligent regard mu&s;t be taken, that no &s;prouts &s;pring out of the &s;tump, which might take the nou|ri&s;hment from the tree &s;prouts, and tho&s;e boughes which &s;pring from the root of the tree at the fir&s;t planting.</P>
<P N="7">7. When thou perceive&s;t the young trees to wax weake, then uncover the roots and put other fre&s;h ground to them.</P>
<PB N="5" REF="80">
<P N="8"> 8. If the ground be neither too &s;oft nor too hard, then may you chu&s;e all kind of &s;tumps in February for to plant, when the green juice is di&s;per&s;ed in the bark; but when the ground is too hard, then the &s;wet holes or pores of the root doe remaine clo&s;ed and &s;topped, &s;o that they cannot draw to them their nou|ri&s;hment, &s;uch hardne&s;s of the ground or earth hin|dereth the aire and moi&s;tne&s;&s;e which commeth from beneath upward, for it cannot be pierced of the &s;oft &s;prouts, with the &s;mall heat which is beneath, there|fore you mu&s;t come to help them with a &s;pade, for with a plough you will never come to an end, becau&s;e of the root.</P>
<P N="9">9. There is great diligence to be taken for pre|&s;erving of the trees, when they begin to grow great, to &s;crape from the barke all rudene&s;&s;e which is done, when you take from them all &s;uperfluity and &s;prouts which come out of the tree. You may cut them in February.</P>
<P N="10">10. It is good for the trees to muck them often, and moderatively to water their roots.</P>
<P>Al&s;o to cleave the roots, and lay &s;tones into them, to the end they may revive againe of the dri|ne&s;&s;e which they have &s;uffered, or of the barrenne&s;&s;e of the ground, or when the young planted trees for the great heat will peri&s;h. Al&s;o when immoderate heat is, then you mu&s;t help them with turning of the ground, and with watering, but the water wherewith you &s;hould water them, mu&s;t not be altogether fre&s;h nor cold, or newly drawne out of the &s;pring, but out of a ditch, pond, or well, or any other foule ditch wa|ter, or with &s;pring water, which hath &s;tood long in the Sunne, or put a little dun<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> in the water, and &s;tir
<PB N="6" REF="81"> it once or twice well about, and the water will be fat wherwith water your trees. You may al&s;o keep them with &s;hadowes and &s;traw from the heat: or el&s;e put (in great heat) fat green herbs at the &s;tump, tempred with loame: &s;ome anoint the &s;tumpe (toward the South or Mid-day) with chalke, &s;ome with oile, or with any other ointment that cooleth.</P>
<P N="11">11. When you would tran&s;po&s;e a plant, or have wilde &s;tumps digged out to plant again, then marke the part which &s;tandeth towards the South of Mid-day, and put it &s;o againe when you graffe it.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to keep plants, &s;tumps, or trees, from the wild bea&s;ts, that they hurt them not.</HEAD>
<P>WHere the path of the bea&s;t is free and reme|dile&s;&s;e, there mu&s;t be put poles, and with thornes the &s;ame young trees mu&s;t be inclo&s;ed.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>That the Deeres &s;poile them not.</HEAD>
<P>TAke the pi&s;&s;e of a Deere and anoint the Tree therewith.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>That the Hares doe not hurt them.</HEAD>
<P>SPet in thy hand, and anoint the &s;prouts there|with, and no Hare will hurt them.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="7" REF="81">
<HEAD>Here follow &s;ome in&s;tructions of graffing.</HEAD>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a man on a ladder tending to a grafted tree</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>_FIr&s;t, you mu&s;t know that imping, graffing, and &s;etting, is all one thing.</P>
<P>The imping &s;prouts mu&s;t be young and new, with great bodies and many eyes: for where many and great buds be, that is a token, that is of a &s;trong fruit.</P>
<P N="2">2. The imping &s;prouts mu&s;t be broken off at the Sun ri&s;ing, although that tho&s;e of the other &s;ide bro|ken off grow likewi&s;e: yet tho&s;e of the other &s;ide are mo&s;t naturall and temperate of heat: Some country clownes beleeve, that if you in cutting the &s;prouts turne them up&s;ide downe, that they will never grow right, but be crooked.</P>
<P N="3">3 All graffing and imp<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">g is done by putting one
<PB N="8" REF="82"> into another by a fa&s;t binding, that the little &s;prout may &s;pread his boughs to the &s;tump or tree, wherein it is graffed, that &s;o it may become one tree.</P>
<P N="4">4. Over-young imps (which are &s;o weak that they will breake before they be put into the earth, or into the &s;tump) are naught, and therefore they may not be imped or &s;et.</P>
<P N="5">5. When you impe upon a hou&s;e or fruit tree, the fruit will be far better: But if you cut of a Garden tree a branch, and imp it into one of his own &s;prouts, it will bring forth fruit of another ta&s;te, forme, and bigne&s;&s;e; for imping maketh all the diver&s;ities in peares, apples, and other fruits.</P>
<P N="6">6 It is far better to impe low in the &s;tump, than in the top in the high branches: yet neverthele&s;&s;e if you will make of wild apple trees garden trees, you may impe them upon the top.</P>
<P N="7">7. In great trees which have a great bark, it is not &s;o good to impe, for they take not to them &s;o ea&s;ily the veins of the roots which grow out of the young &s;prouts, becau&s;e of their hardne&s;&s;e, and e&s;pecially when the imping &s;prouts are too weak. Wherefore they which graffe trees mu&s;t &s;eek &s;mall and young &s;tumps, wherein they finde much liquor and little hardne&s;&s;e, and which may endure the binding.</P>
<P N="8">8. It is be&s;t imping or graffing when the liquor is in the bark, if you have a great tree upon the which you would impe, and hath many branches, you may cut them all off, and impe into the &s;tumps all kind of boughs, &s;uch as you plea&s;e; but if the tree be over-old, &s;o that her boughes be ranckled, and her moi&s;t|ne&s;&s;e con&s;umed, then cut the tree clean off, and let <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he &s;tump &s;tand a whole <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eare; afterward take the
<PB N="9" REF="82"> &s;prouts which are &s;prung out of that &s;tumpe, and graffe them, and ca&s;t the others away. Such a &s;tump is like to bear, and therfore nouri&s;h as many &s;prouts as you plea&s;e: but if it be a wild &s;tump, graft garden &s;prouts upon it.</P>
<P N="9">9. If you graffe a &s;prout or bough upon a Haw|thorne tree, that &s;ame bough will grow great, and the &s;tump will remaine &s;mall, therefore he that will impe upon &s;uch a tree, &s;ee he cut it off by the root, then will the imped &s;prout and the &s;tumpe grow all of one thickne&s;&s;e: but you mu&s;t have &s;till regard that you impe kinde upon kinde, as apples upon apples, peares upon peares: for he that graffeth &s;trange upon &s;trange, as peares upon apples, and apples on peares, and &s;uch like, although it be done often for plea&s;ures &s;ake, yet will it not la&s;t; for the naturall nouri&s;hment is &s;o, that it will hardly nouri&s;h a &s;trange kinde of fruit.</P>
<P N="10">10. The tree which is graffed in February, in his fruits grow no worms nor maggots.</P>
<P N="11">11. When the imping &s;prouts begin to pro&s;per, and will not grow &s;treight and levell, then you mu&s;t con&s;train them perforce, that they may grow order|ly. Furthermore you mu&s;t have a care to keep the pro&s;pering &s;prouts well with &s;ticks from the wind, if they &s;tand any thing high, and e&s;pecially when they have &s;tood a year or two, and where they are pricked in the &s;tump, it is mo&s;t needfull, as &s;hall af|ter appeare. And becau&s;e there be many and divers waies to graffe, and know how wild &s;tumps and trees are to be made garden trees, we thought it good to &s;et &s;ome of them here down&punc;</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="10" REF="83">
<HEAD>Divers fa&s;hions and waies of graffing there be.</HEAD>
<P>HE that will extraordinarily graffe all manner of trees, he mu&s;t know, that the more one tree is li|ker another, the better it will pro&s;per.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t &s;ort of graffing is, when the &s;prout is prickt between the bark and the wood of the &s;tump; which mu&s;t be done in May or Aprill, when the bark may ea&s;ily be loo&s;ed from the tree, and is done after this &s;ort.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t take a &s;tump or tree, and cut him off with a &s;harp Saw, knife or &s;uch like in&s;trument, where he is &s;moothe&s;t and cleare&s;t, and full of juice, and poli&s;h the place with the bark of the &s;ame tree which was cut off. Afterward ty the &s;tump with a piece of bark, and then prick a hole between the barke of the tree with a prick of bone, elderwood or Iron, &s;o that it cleave not, and then put in the place of the prick the &s;prout, which you mu&s;t have broken off a plaine and even tree, of a good kind, and one year old, which you &s;hall know by this; every branch hath rinckled knots like the joint of a mans finger, cut it at one &s;ide un|der the knot, &s;o that you touch not the heart of the tree, and at the other &s;ide you mu&s;t &s;oftly loo&s;e the barke, that the &s;p<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">out may joyne very clo&s;e to the &s;tump, then pull out the prick, and take the &s;prout, and turn the green bark to the bark of the &s;tumpe, &s;o that it may &s;tand &s;traight.</P>
<P>The &s;prout may be foure or five fingers, or eight at the mo&s;t, high above the &s;tump.</P>
<P>Of this &s;ort of imping, you may &s;ee two, three, or more, according to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">gne&s;&s;e of the &s;tump, or as
<PB N="11" REF="83"> he can beare, provided alwaies that they &s;tand at the lea&s;t the length of a finger one from another.</P>
<P>Afterward tie it fa&s;t (with bark) together, and put over it good muck, and tie over it a cloath, that no raine or aire may come between it and hurt it. This &s;ort of imping is commonly u&s;ed in &s;tumps, which are great and old trees, who&s;e barke is thicke and &s;trong, as apple trees, pear trees, cherry trees, and willow trees, on which are imped oftentimes apples, al&s;o on figge trees, and che&s;tnut trees.</P>
<P>Such grafting is al&s;o done in high &s;tumps, and branches, which be great, but they mu&s;t be well kept from the wind, that it doe not break them.</P>
<P>After this &s;ort you may graft many &s;orts and kinds of pears upon one tree, but if you bring peares upon apples, or apples upon pears &s;tumps, it will not la&s;t long, as afore is &s;aid.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t way of grafting pro&s;pereth be&s;t, and hath a good continuance, there be many other &s;orts of gra&s;ting, as followeth.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Another way of grafting is, when the &s;tumps are clo|ven, and the &s;prouts afterwards are put in, the which doe as followeth.</HEAD>
<P>TAke a young tree which is &s;cant of the bigne&s;s of a finger, and cut it &s;moothe and even, and cleave it in the mid&s;t, then take the &s;prout which you will impe, and cut it three &s;quare, and at the one &s;ide leave the barke uncut, and then turne the &s;ame bark outward at the &s;tump, and tie it fa&s;t as I have taught, that the winde nor raine hurt him not.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Otherwi&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>When the &s;tump is unco<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ered and clean burni&s;ht
<PB N="12" REF="84"> at the &s;oft place, then tie him fa&s;t, that he cleave no further than to the length of your &s;prout, which you mu&s;t graffe upon him, and then leave the prick in it, then make your &s;prout pointed like a prick, &s;o that the middle be not touched, then put it into the cleft, having clean&s;ed the hole fir&s;t with the point of a knife, &s;o that one bark may touch the other, and out|ward one wood another, to the end, the moi&s;ture may have the more ea&s;ier his cour&s;e, then pull out the pricke, and that which remaines open and bare be|tween the cleft and the &s;prout, that bind well every where with the bark of the tree, or with hard pre&s;|&s;ing with a little &s;and, or with dung of an Oxe, or with waxe, or with a linnen cloth wa&s;hed in waxe, that no raine, winde or worms may hurt it. This helpeth much to keep the moi&s;tne&s;&s;e in, which com|meth from the root, that it cannot breake out, but nouri&s;heth the better the new plant; but when the &s;tumps are great, they be cleaved after two waies. The fir&s;t is, that you cut or cleave the tree with a knife at one &s;ide only, even to the heart, and that you graft into it but one &s;prout. The other is, that you cleave it all over, and that you prick or graft on every &s;ide one &s;prout, or one alone, and leave the o|ther &s;ide without.</P>
<P>When the &s;tump is but a little bigger, then the &s;prout mu&s;t nece&s;&s;arily be cloven in two, and you mu&s;t graft but one &s;prout into it, as is &s;aid in the be|ginning.</P>
<P>This cleaving may be done in February, March, and Aprill, then it is good to cut them before they be greene, for to keepe them the better under the ground, in cold or moi&s;t places.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="13" REF="84">
<HEAD>The third way of grafting.</HEAD>
<P>THis &s;ort of grafting is very &s;ubtill, witty, and ready; and is done as followeth.</P>
<P>Go to a &s;mooth apple or peare tree, in April, when the trees get liquor, and &s;eeke a branch which hath green eyes, and &s;ee that the &s;ame be le&s;&s;e than your little finger, and teare it from the tree, and where you &s;ee that the green &s;prouts will come off, there cut them off wholly, and clean&s;e the middle there of, that the little red at the wood may turne about, and draw it not off, untill you come unto another good peare or apple tree, and &s;eek there another branch of the &s;ame bigne&s;&s;e that the other was, and cut it off, and take from it likewi&s;e the red, as far as you will put them again, and look where the branches join, that they may well &s;it together upon the top, and tie the &s;ame place gently and well with a little barke, be|hinde and before, that the water may not hurt them: in the fir&s;t year it bringeth forth leaves and branches, in the &s;econd floures, which you may breake off, for the &s;prout is yet too tender, &s;o that it may bear no fruit, and in the third yeare it bringeth floures and fruit, and by this meanes you may graft divers kinds of peares and apples upon one tree. I have likewi&s;e &s;et &s;uch &s;prouts upon wild &s;tumps, and they have pro&s;pered.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The fourth way of grafting is,</HEAD>
<P>HOw buds are tran&s;ported and bound upon ano|ther tree, like as a plai&s;ter is tied to a mans body: this &s;ort of grafting, is called in Latine <HI>Empla&s;trum.</HI> We read of &s;uch a &s;ort of grafting which is called in Latine <HI>Abducellum,</HI> and it is much like unto this &s;ort, wherefore we will only &s;peake of it, being done after this &s;ort.</P>
<PB N="14" REF="85">
<P>When you &s;ee upon a great fruitfull bough, a bud which will pro&s;per without doubt, and would&s;t faine plant it upon another tree, take a &s;harp knife, and lift the bark up two fingers breadth, that the bud be not hurt, then goe to another tree, upon the which you will graft, and put into a convenient place, a like hole into the bark, and put the &s;ame bud with the bark in|to it, and tie it with dung (or with a clout that hath lien in a dunghill) over the cut, that it may be kept from the outward damage of weather, and for an e|&s;peciall nouri&s;hment and keeping of the inner juice: then cut off the branches round about it, that the mo|ther may the better nouri&s;h the new &s;onne; within twenty days after take away the band, &s;o that you &s;ee that the &s;trange bud hath pro&s;pered, and joyned him|&s;elfe with the tree. This may be done in March, when the bark cometh ea&s;ily from the tree. Al&s;o in April, May, and Iune, and yet &s;hee pro&s;pereth both before and after a time, when you may conveniently finde &s;uch buds.</P>
<P>This &s;ort of planting pro&s;pereth be&s;t in a willow tree or &s;uch like, which is pierced through, and is done after this &s;ort.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The fifth way.</HEAD>
<P>When you pierce a willow &s;tick with a &s;harp pler|cer, &s;ee that between every hole, be left the &s;pace of one foot, and prick therein branches a little &s;cra|ped, and put the &s;tick into a ditch, &s;o that the bran|ches &s;tand upright, one part of the &s;tick remaining o|ver the earth; and within a year after take it out of the ditch, and cut the &s;tick a&s;under, &s;o find you the bran|ches full of roots, and put every one into a hole in the ground, and 'tis fit the holes were &s;topped with lome, or with wax.</P>
<PB N="15" REF="85">
<P>Some do take in March a fre&s;h Beech tree, which is of a mans thickne&s;&s;e, and pierce him overthwart with maine and great holes and &s;mall holes, till unto the lowermo&s;t barke, or quite through: then take &s;prouts or boughes, which be as big and &s;mall, that they may fit into the holes; and when you will put them into the Beech &s;tump, you mu&s;t &s;crape the up|permo&s;t barke off, untill the green, and no further: then the bough mu&s;t remain into the Beech, the &s;prouts mu&s;t &s;tand a foot, or &s;omwhat le&s;&s;e a&s;under, then keep your Beech &s;tumps with the &s;prouts in a fre&s;h ground, and skant a &s;oot deep, you mu&s;t fir&s;t maime the &s;prouts, that they may not flouri&s;h; then the next March en&s;uing, dig it out with the &s;prouts, and cut it a &s;under with a &s;aw, and every block which is cut off with its branch, you mu&s;t &s;et in a fre&s;h ground, and &s;o they will bring forth the fruit the &s;ame yeare.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The &s;ixth Way.</HEAD>
<P>This way teaches how to graffe, that they may bring forth fruit the fir&s;t yeare, which do as follows.</P>
<P>Pare an old &s;tumpe of what kinde &s;oever it be, the uppermo&s;t bark, till to the lower green barke, a &s;pan long or &s;omewhat le&s;&s;e, which do in Harve&s;t in the wane of the Moone, and anoint it with Oxe dung and earth, and tye it with bark, and after in March when trees are tran&s;po&s;ed from one place to another then cut the &s;ame branch from the tree, and put it into the ground, and it wil bring fruit the &s;ame yeer. I have &s;een that one hath prickt &s;ticks on <HI>Alhallow</HI> eve, in the earth, and hath pulled them out again up|on <HI>Christmas</HI> eve, and put boughes in the holes, and they have pro&s;pered and come out.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="16" REF="86">
<HEAD>The &s;eventh.</HEAD>
<P>Pierce the top of a &s;tump, which is not over &s;mall, and draw a bark through it, and maime it with a knife, as far as it &s;tandeth on the top, &amp; in eight days after, poure water upon it, that the top of the &s;tump may clo&s;e. This mu&s;t be done in harve&s;t, and in the March following cut it off from the tree, and brui&s;e the top, and put it with the &s;ame earth in other ground.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The eighth Way.</HEAD>
<P>Will you graffe a tree that the fruit be without &s;tones. Take a &s;prout and graff it into a great &s;tump, with the thicker and lower part of the &s;prout, then take the upper or thinner end of the &s;prout, and cut it al&s;o fit to be graffed, and turne it downeward, and graffe it into the &s;aid &s;tump; and when the &s;prout of both &s;ides pro&s;pereth, cut it in the mid&s;t afunder, &s;o that which is grown right upward with the tree, the fruit of it hath &s;tones, but that which was the top of the &s;prout that groweth contrary, brings forh fruit without &s;tones. And if &s;o be the turned &s;prout pro&s;|per, you mu&s;t break off the other, to the end, that the turned &s;prout doe not peri&s;h, which you may try af|ter this &s;ort; for oftentimes it commeth and pro&s;pe|reth, and many times it is peri&s;hed and &s;poiled.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How Cherries are to be graffed, that they may come without &s;tones.</HEAD>
<P>WIll you make that Cherries grow without &s;tones? pare a little Cherry tree at one year old at the &s;tump, and cleave it a&s;under from the top to the root, which do in May, and make an Iron fit to draw the heart or marow from both &s;ides of the tree;
<PB N="17" REF="86"> then tye it fa&s;t together, and anoint it with Ox dung or lome, and within a yeare after, when it is growne and healed, goe to another little tree which is of the &s;ame kind, and which hath not yet brought fruit, and graffe that &s;ame on the little tree, &s;o &s;hall that &s;ame tree bring his fruit without &s;tones.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How a Vine is to be planted upon a Cherry tree.</HEAD>
<P>PLant a Vine tree next unto a Cherry tree, and when it groweth high, then pierce a hole into the Cherry tree right above it, that the hole be no big|ger than the Vine is thick, and pare the upper bark of the Vine branch till unto the green, &s;o farre as it mu&s;t go through the tree, and look well to it that the branch of the Vine be not brui&s;ed, and wel anointed. You mu&s;t not &s;uffer any &s;prouts to come out of the Vine from the ground up, but unto the tree only, that which commeth out of the other &s;ide, let that &s;ame grow and bring fruit. Then the next March following if the Vine pro&s;per and grow fa&s;t into the tree, then cut the Vine from the tree off, and anoint the place with diligence, and it will bring fruit.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How a grape of a Vine may be brought into a gla&s;&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>WIll you make that a grape grow into a nar|row gla&s;&s;e? take the gla&s;&s;e before the grape ca&s;t her bloud, or while &s;he is little, and put her into the gla&s;&s;e, and &s;hee will ripen in the gla&s;&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>To graffe Medlers on a Peare tree.</HEAD>
<P>IF you graffe the branch of a Medler upon a Peare tree, the Medlers will be &s;weet and durable, &s;o that you may keep them longer <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n otherwi&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="18" REF="87">
<HEAD>How apples or other fruit may be made red.</HEAD>
<P>IF you will graft upon a wild &s;tump, put the &s;prouts in Pikes bloud, and then graft them, and the fruit will be red.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Otherwi&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>Take an apple branch, and graft it upon an alder &s;tump, and the apples will be red. Likewi&s;e if you graft them upon cherry trees.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Quince tree.</HEAD>
<P>THe Quince tree commeth not of any grafting, but you mu&s;t plucke him out by the roots, and plant him againe into a good ground or earth.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Otherwi&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>The Quince tree requireth a dry and &s;weet ground, and he pro&s;pereth therein.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to make that Quinces become great.</HEAD>
<P>TAke a branch of a Quince tree when it hath ca&s;t his bloud where a Quince groweth at, and put it into a pot, and &s;et it into the ground, and let the Quince grow in it, and it will be very great.</P>
<P>And if you will &s;hew &s;ome cunning therewith, cau&s;e to be made a pot which hath a mans face in the bottome of it, or any other picture what&s;oever, and when the quinces have blo&s;&s;omed, then bow the branch, and put the Quince into the pot, and &s;he will grow very big, in the &s;hape of a man, which may al&s;o be done in Pompons, Mellons, Cucumbers, and other earthly fruites.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The conclu&s;ion of graffing.</HEAD>
<P>OVT of all the forewritten cau&s;es (gentle reader) is evidently &s;hewne, that although every plan|ting or grafting be better from like to like, and from
<PB N="19" REF="87"> kinde to kinde, yet neverthele&s;&s;e it agreeth al&s;o with contrary kinds, as now is &s;aid; wherefore he that will exerci&s;e and u&s;e the &s;ame, and try divers kindes, he may &s;ee and make many wonders.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>What joy and fruit commeth of trees.</HEAD>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t fruit.</HEAD>
<P>THe fir&s;t is, that you plant divers &amp; many kinds: for every hou&s;holder who hath care to his nouri&s;hment, with all diligence cau&s;eth oftentimes, &s;uch trees to be brought from forrein Countries.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The &s;econd.</HEAD>
<P>The &s;econd is, when the trees be planted and &s;et orderly and plea&s;antly, they give no &s;mall plea&s;ure to a man, therefore every one &s;hould cut his trees or|derly, and he that cannot, &s;hould procure other men to doe it, which know how to doe it.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 TYPE="subpart">
<HEAD>The third is of well &s;melling and &s;piced fruit.</HEAD>
<P>Cleave a tree a&s;under, or a branch of a fruitfull tree, to the heart or pith, and cut a piece out of it, and put therein poudred &s;pices, or what &s;pice &s;eever you will, or what colour you will de&s;ire, and tye a barke hard about it, and anoint it with lome and Ox dung, and the fruit will gett both the &s;avour and co|lour according to the &s;pice you have put in it.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How &s;owre fruits be made &s;weet.</HEAD>
<P>WHich tree beareth &s;owre fruites, in the &s;ame pierce a hole a foot or &s;omewhat le&s;&s;e above the root, and fill that with honey, and &s;top the hole with a haw-thorne branch, and the fruit will bee &s;weet.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="20" REF="88">
<HEAD>How trees ought to be kept when they wax old.</HEAD>
<P>WHen trees lo&s;e their &s;trength and vertue for age, and the branches break off for the weight of the fruit, or when they wax barren for lack of moi&s;ture, that they beare not fruit every year, but &s;cant every other or third yeare, you mu&s;t cut &s;ome of his heavy branches, which he can little nouri&s;h, which is done to the end he might keep &s;ome moi&s;t|ne&s;&s;e to him&s;elfe for his nouri&s;hment, or el&s;e the moi&s;tne&s;&s;e would goe all into his branches.</P>
<P>Whereby you may mark whether you mu&s;t give them, or take away from them branches, according to their nouri&s;hment, and as the earth where &s;hee &s;tandeth can abide, that is, you mu&s;t leave them &s;o much as will nouri&s;h them, and no more, which if you doe not, the trees will bring &s;o little fruit, that your labour will not be recompen&s;ed.</P>
<P>Which cutting of trees may be done from the be|ginning of November till to the end of March, in warme countries. But it is more naturall to be done from the time that the leaves fall, till the time that they begin to grow green againe, except where the fro&s;t is very great and &s;harp.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How trees mu&s;t be kept from divers &s;ickne&s;&s;es, and fir&s;t how to keep them from the Canker.</HEAD>
<P>WHen the Canker commeth in any tree, he becommeth barren and dry, for it mounteth from the &s;tumps into the top, and when it taketh a peare or apple tree, the bark will be black and barren thereabouts, which mu&s;t be cut off with a knife, to the fre&s;h wood, and then the place mu&s;t be anointed with Oxe dung, and tied with barke, &s;o that neither wind nor rain may hurt it.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="21" REF="88">
<HEAD>Again&s;t worms which mu&s;t be driven out of the tree.</HEAD>
<P>IT happeneth oftentimes, that the &s;uperfluities of moi&s;tne&s;&s;e in the trees breaketh out like as &s;ome|times to a man or bea&s;t between the fle&s;h and skin: and when that beginneth to rot, wormes grow out of it, which takes his &s;trength away: wherefore mark,</P>
<P>When the barke of a tree at any time &s;wels, cut it pre&s;ently open that the poi&s;on may runne out, and if you find already wormes in it, draw them out with a little Iron hook.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How the wormes are to be killed, if they be al|ready grown into the tree.</HEAD>
<P>IF you will kill the worms which grow in the tree, take Pepper, Lawrell, and Incen&s;e, and mingle all well together with good wine, and pierce a hole into the tree downeward, to the pith or heart of the tree, and poure this mixture into it, and &s;top it with a hawthorne, and the worms will dye.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Otherwi&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>Take a&s;hes or du&s;t and mingle it with &s;allet oyle, anoint the trees therewith, and the worms will dye.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Otherwi&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>Take powdered Incen&s;e when you graffe, and bring it between the barke of the &s;tump, which you will graffe, and no wormes will eat the fruit.</P>
<P>When a tree in many places becommeth change|able becau&s;e of wormes, or &s;uperfluous humours, Cleave the tree at &s;ome end from the top of the &s;tump to the earth, that all the foule liquors may come out and dry. Al&s;o when a tree becomes &s;ick becau&s;e of evill humours or fault of ground, &s;o that he becommeth worme-eaten, or brings no fruit, take
<PB N="22" REF="89"> the earth away from the root, and put other &s;weeter in the place, and pierce a great hole in the &s;tump, and put therein a pin of Oake, and it helpeth.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>A remedy again&s;t Caterpillers.</HEAD>
<P>ALL kind of Caterpillers which eat the green, and blo&s;&s;omes of the tree, doe hurt them very much, &s;o that thereafter may come no fruit.</P>
<P>Therefore their eggs which lye hidden, as it were in a cobwebbe, mu&s;t diligently be &s;earched, and bur|ned from the boughes, before they bring forth other Caterpillars, which doe in December, Ianuary, and February.</P>
<P>Some were wont to break them off, and tread them with their feet, but therewith they be not wholly kil|led. The fire con&s;umeth all things, and therefore it is be&s;t to burne them.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Again&s;t the Pi&s;mires or Ants, when they will hurt the young trees.</HEAD>
<P>CVT the leaves off which are eaten or poi&s;oned of the Ants or Pi&s;mers, and where there is any thinge made uncleane in the top of the tree, of tho&s;e little worms, that rub inpieces with your hands, that it may not &s;tain the other leaves, and that the young &s;prouts may grow up without any hinderance.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>How to keep the Pi&s;mires from the trees.</HEAD>
<P>FIr&s;t make a juice of an herbe, called <HI>Portabaca,</HI> and mix it with vineger, and &s;prinkle the &s;tump ther|with, or anoint the &s;tumpe with wine dregs. Some take a little weak pitch, but very thin; that it may not hurt the tree.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="23" REF="89">
<HEAD>Another In&s;truction.</HEAD>
<P>Take a little bundle of cotton, wooll, flax, or towe, and lay it about the &s;tump, and tie likewi&s;e a bundle above, about the &s;tump, and draw it out a little, and the Pi&s;mires can do no hurt: or put about the &s;tump bird-lime.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>In what time of the harve&s;t the fruit mu&s;t be gathered.</HEAD>
<P>THe Fruits are not altogether at one time gathe|red, for they are not ripe all at once, as &s;ome pears which &s;hew the ripene&s;&s;e by the colour, tho&s;e &s;hould be gathered in Summer, and if you let them &s;tand too long, they will not la&s;t.</P>
<P>Peares which are ripe in harve&s;t, tho&s;e may be ga|thered in <HI>October,</HI> when the weather is cleare and dry: in harve&s;t in the increa&s;e of the Moon, Fruits may be gathered.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>A &s;hort In&s;truction very profitable and nece&s;&s;ary for all tho&s;e that delight in Gardening, to know the times and &s;ea&s;ons when it is good to &s;ow and replant all manner of &s;eeds.</HEAD>
<P>CAbbages mu&s;t be &s;owne in <HI>February, March,</HI> or <HI>April,</HI> at the waning of the Moon, and replan|ted al&s;o in the decrea&s;e thereof.</P>
<P>Cabbage, Lettuce, in <HI>February, March,</HI> or <HI>Iuly,</HI> in an old Moon.</P>
<P>Onyons and Leeks mu&s;t be &s;owne in <HI>February</HI> or <HI>March,</HI> at the waning of the Moon.</P>
<PB N="24" REF="90">
<P>Beets mu&s;t be &s;own in February, or March, in a full moone.</P>
<P>Coleworts white and green in February, or March, in an old moone, it is good to replant them.</P>
<P>Par&s;neps mu&s;t be &s;own in February, April or Iune, al&s;o in an old moone.</P>
<P>Radi&s;h mu&s;t be &s;own in February, March, or June, in a new moon.</P>
<P>Pompions mu&s;t be &s;own in February, March, or Iune, al&s;o in a new moone.</P>
<P>Cucumbers and Mellons mu&s;t be &s;own in Febru|ary, March or June, in an old moone.</P>
<P>Spinage mu&s;t be &s;own in February or March, in an old moone.</P>
<P>Par&s;ley mu&s;t be &s;owne in February or March, in a full moone.</P>
<P>Fennell and Anni&s;&s;eed mu&s;t be &s;owne in February or March, in a full moone.</P>
<P>White Cycory mu&s;t be &s;own in February, March, July or Augu&s;t, in a full moon.</P>
<P>Carduus Benedictus mu&s;t be &s;owne in February, March or May, when the moone is old.</P>
<P>Ba&s;ill mu&s;t be &s;owne in March, when the moon is old.</P>
<P>Pur&s;lane mu&s;t be &s;own in February or March, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Margeram, Violets and Time, mu&s;t be &s;owne in February, March or Aprill, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Floure-gentle, Ro&s;emary and Lavender, mu&s;t be &s;owne in February or Aprill, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Rocket and Garden cre&s;&s;es, mu&s;t be &s;owne in Fe|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ruary in a new moon.</P>
<PB N="25" REF="90">
<P>Savell mu&s;t be &s;owne in February or March, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Saffron mu&s;t be &s;own in March, when the moon is old.</P>
<P>Coriander and Borage mu&s;t be &s;own in February or March, in a new moon.</P>
<P>Hartshorne and Samphire mu&s;t be &s;owne in Fe|bruary, March or Aprill, when the moon is old.</P>
<P>Gilly-flowers, Harts-ea&s;e, and Wall-flowers mu&s;t be &s;own in March or Aprill, when the moon is old.</P>
<P>Cardons and Artochokes mu&s;t be &s;own in Aprill or March when the moon is old.</P>
<P>Chickweed mu&s;t be &s;own in February or March, in the full of the moone.</P>
<P>Burnet mu&s;t be &s;own in February or March, when the moone is old.</P>
<P>Double Marigolds mu&s;t be &s;owne in February or March, in a new moone.</P>
<P>I&s;op and Savorie mu&s;t be &s;owne in March, when the moone is old.</P>
<P>White Poppy mu&s;t bee &s;owne in February or March, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Palma Chri&s;ti mu&s;t be &s;owne in February, in a new moone.</P>
<P>Sparages and Sperage is to be &s;owne in February, when the moone is old.</P>
<P>Larks foot mu&s;t be &s;owne in February, when the moone is old.</P>
<P>Note that at all times and &s;ea&s;ons, Lettuce, Radi&s;h, Spinage and Pa&s;eneps may be &s;owne.</P>
<P>Note al&s;o, from cold are to be kept Coleworts, Cabbage, Lettuce, Ba&s;ill, Cardons, Artochokes, and Colefloures.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="26" REF="91">
<HEAD>Worthy remedies and &s;ocrets availing again&s;t the &s;troying of Snailes, Cankerwormes, the long bodied Moths, Garden-fleas, Earth|wormes, and Moles.</HEAD>
<P><HI>AFricanus,</HI> &s;ingular among the Greek writers of husbandry, reporteth, that Garden-plants and roots may well be purged and rid of the harmefull wormes, if their dennes or deep holes be &s;moaked, the winde aiding, with the dung of the Cow or Oxe burned.</P>
<P>That worthy <HI>Pliny</HI> in his fir&s;t booke of Hi&s;tories writeth, that if the Owner or Gardener &s;princkleth the pure mother of the oyle Olive, without any &s;alt in it, doth al&s;o drive the wormes away, and defend the Plants and Herbs from being gnawne of them. And if they &s;hall cleave to the roots of the plants, through malice or breeding of the dung, yet this weedeth them clean away. The plants or herbs will not after be gnawne or harmed by Garden-fleas, if with the naturall remedy, as with the herbe Rocket, the Gardener &s;hall be&s;tow his beds in many places.</P>
<P>The Coleworts and all pot-herbs are greatly de|fended from the gnawing of the Garden-fleas, by Radi&s;h growing among them. The eager or &s;harp vineger doth al&s;o prevaile, tempered with the juice of Henbane, and &s;prinkled on the garden fleas. To the&s;e, the water in which the herbe <HI>Nigella Romana</HI> &s;hall be &s;teeped for a night, and &s;prinkled on the plants, as the Greek <HI>Pamphilus</HI> reporteth, doth alike prevaile again&s;t the garden-fleas.</P>
<P><HI>Paladius Rutilius</HI> reporteth, that the noi&s;ome ver|mine or creeping things will not breed of the Pot|herbes,
<PB N="27" REF="91"> if the Gardener &s;hall before the committing to the earth, dry all the &s;eeds in the skin of the Tor|toi&s;e, or &s;ow the herbe Mint in many places of the Garden, e&s;pecially among the Coleworts. The bitter Fitch and Rocket (as I before uttered) be&s;towed a|mong the pot-herbs, &s;o that the &s;eeds be &s;owne in the fir&s;t quarter of the Moon, doe greatly availe us. Al&s;o the Canker and Palmer wormes, which in many pla|ces work great injury both to the Gardens and vines, may the owner or Gardener drive away with the fig-tree a&s;hes &s;princkled on them and the herbs.</P>
<P>There be &s;ome which &s;princkle the plants and herbes made with the lee of the fig-tree a&s;hes, but it de&s;troyes the wormes, to &s;trew (as experience repor|teth) the a&s;hes alone on them.</P>
<P>There be others which rather will to plant or &s;ow that big on you, named in Latine <HI>Scilla</HI> or <HI>Squilla</HI> here and there in beds, or hang them in &s;undry places of the Garden.</P>
<P>Others al&s;o will to fixe River Cre&s;&s;es with nailes in many places of the garden, which if they &s;hall yet with&s;tand or contend with all the&s;e remedies, then may the Gardener apply to exerci&s;e this devi&s;e, in taking the Ox or Cow urine, and the mother of oyle Olive, which after the well mixing together, and heating over the fire, the &s;ame be &s;tirred about untill it be hot, and when through cold, this mixture &s;hall be &s;princkled on the pot-herbs and trees, doth mar|vellou&s;ly prevaile, as the skilfull <HI>Anatolius</HI> of experi|ence reporteth.</P>
<P>The worthy <HI>Paladias Rutilius</HI> reporteth, that if the owner or Gardener burne great bundles of the Gar|licke blades (without heads) dried, through all the
<PB N="28" REF="92"> allies of the Garden, and unto the&s;e the dung of Backes added, that the &s;avour of the &s;moke (by the helpe of the wind) may be driven to many places, e&s;|pecially to tho&s;e where they mo&s;t abound and &s;warm, and the Gardener &s;hall &s;ee &s;o &s;peedy a de|&s;truction, as is to be wondred at.</P>
<P>The worthy <HI>Pliny</HI> of great knowledge, reporteth that the&s;e may be driven from the pot-herbes, if the bitter Fitch &s;eeds be mixed and &s;own together with them, or the branches of the trees, Crevi&s;es hanged up by the hornes in many places, doth like prevaile. The&s;e al&s;o are letted from increa&s;ing; yea, they in heaps pre&s;ently gathered are de&s;troied, as the <HI>Greeks</HI> report of ob&s;ervation, if the Gardener by taking cer|taine Palmer or Canker-wormes out of the Garden next joyning, &s;hall &s;eeth them in water with Dill, and the &s;ame being through cold, &s;hall &s;princkle on the herbes and trees, that the mixture may wet and &s;oke through the ne&s;ts, even unto the young ones, cleaving together, that they may ta&s;te thereof, will &s;peedily di&s;patch them. But in this doing, the Gar|dener mu&s;t be very wary, and have an attentive eye, that none of the mixture fall on his face or hands.</P>
<P>Be&s;ides the&s;e, the owner or Gardener may u&s;e this remedy certain, and ea&s;ily prepared, if about the big armes of trees, or &s;tumps of the herbs, he kindle and burn the &s;tronger lime and brim&s;tone together. Or if the owner make a &s;moake with the Mu&s;hromes, growing under the Nut tree, or burne the hoofs of Goats, or the gum <HI>Galbanum,</HI> or el&s;e make a &s;moak with the Harts horne, the winde aiding, by blowing towards them.</P>
<P>The husbandmen and gardeners in our turne have
<PB N="29" REF="92"> found out this ea&s;ie practi&s;e, being now common e|very where: which is on this wi&s;e, that when the&s;e af|ter-&s;howres of rain are cropen into the warm &s;un, or into places &s;tanding again&s;t the Sunne, early in the morning &s;hake either their fruits and leaves of the pot-herbes, or the boughes of the trees, for the&s;e be|ing yet &s;tiffe, through the cold of the night, are pro|cured of the &s;ame, the lighter and &s;ooner to fall, nor able after to recover up againe, &s;o that the Palmer worms thus lying on the ground, are then in a rea|dine&s;&s;e to be killed of the Gardener.</P>
<P>If the owner mind to de&s;troy any other creeping things noyous to herbes and trees, (which <HI>Paladius</HI> and <HI>Rutilius</HI> name, both herb and Leek-wa&s;ters) then let him hearken to this invention and devi&s;e of the Greek <HI>Dyophanes,</HI> who willeth to purcha&s;e the maw of a Wether &s;heep new killed, and the &s;ame as yet full of his excrementall filth, which lightly cover with the earth in the &s;ame place, where the&s;e mo&s;t haunt in the Garden, and after two dayes &s;hall the Gardiner find there, that the mothes with long bo|dies, and other creeping things will be gathered in divers companies to the place right over it, which the owner &s;hall either remove and carry further, or dig and bury very deep in the &s;ame place, that they may not after ari&s;e and come forth, which when the Gardener &s;hall have exerci&s;ed the &s;ame but twice or thrice, he &s;hall utterly extingui&s;h, and quite de&s;troy all the kindes of creeping things that anoy and &s;poil the Garden plants.</P>
<P>The husbandmen in <HI>Flanders</HI> arme the &s;tockes, and compa&s;&s;e the bigger armes of their trees, with wi&s;ps of &s;traw hand&s;omely made and fa&s;tened or
<PB N="30" REF="93"> bound about, by which the Palmer wormes are con|&s;trained to creep up to the tops of the trees, and there &s;taid, &s;o that, (as it were by &s;nares and engines laid) the&s;e in the end are driven away, or thus in their way begun, are &s;peedily or &s;oone after procured to turne backe againe; As unto the remedies of the Snailes particularly belongs. The&s;e may the Gardener like|wi&s;e cha&s;e from the kitchin herbs, if he either &s;prin|ckle the new mother of the oyle olive, or &s;oot of the chimney on the herbs, as if he be&s;towed the bitter &s;itch in beds among them, which al&s;o availes again&s;t other noi&s;ome worms, and creeping things, as I afore uttered, that if the Gardener would po&s;&s;e&s;&s;e a greene and delectable Garden, let him then &s;princkle dili|gently all the quarters, beds, and borders of the Gar|den, with the mixture of water and powder of Fenni|greeke tempered together, or &s;et upright in the mid|dle of the Garden, the whole bare head without the fle&s;h of the uncha&s;te A&s;&s;e, as I afore wrote.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Excellent inventions and helps again&s;t the Garden. Moles.</HEAD>
<P>THe skilfull <HI>Paxanus</HI> hath left in writing, that if the Gardener &s;hould make hollow a big nut, or bore a hollow hole into &s;ome &s;ound piece of wood being narrow, in filling the one or the other with Ro&s;in, Pitch, Chaffe and Brim&s;tone, of each &s;o much as &s;hall &s;uffice to the filling of the Nut, or hollow hole in the wood, which thus prepared in a readi|ne&s;&s;e, &s;top every where with diligence, all the goings Forth, and breathing holes of the Mole, that by tho&s;e the fuming &s;moke in no manner may i&s;&s;ue out, yet
<PB N="31" REF="93"> &s;o handle the matter, that one mouth and hole bee only left open, and the &s;ame &s;o large, that well the nut or ve&s;&s;ell kindled within, may be laid within the mouth of it, whereby it may take the wind of the one &s;ide, which may &s;o &s;end in the &s;avour both of the ro|&s;in and brim&s;tone into the hollow tombe, or re&s;ting place of the Mole; by the &s;ame practi&s;e &s;o worke|manly handled, by filling the holes with the &s;moak, &s;hall the owner or Gardener either drive quite away all the Moles in the ground, or finde them in a &s;hort time dead.</P>
<P>There be &s;ome that take the white Nee&s;ewort, or the rinde of <HI>Cynocrambes</HI> beaten and farced, and with Barley meale and egs finely tempered together, they make both Cakes and Pa&s;ties wrought with wine and milk, and tho&s;e they lay within the Moles den or hole.</P>
<P><HI>Albertus</HI> of worthy memory reporteth, that if the owner or Gardener clo&s;eth or diligently &s;toppeth the mouths of the Moleholes, with the garlicke, ony|on, or leek, it &s;hall either drive the Moles away, or kil them through the &s;trong &s;avour &s;tinking or brea|thing into them.</P>
<P>Many there be, that to drive away the&s;e harmfull Moles, doe bring up young Cats in their Garden ground, and make tame Wea&s;els, to the end, that ei|ther of the&s;e through the hunting of them, may &s;o drive away this pe&s;tiferous anoyance, being taught to watch at their &s;trait pa&s;&s;ages, and mouths of the holes comming forth.</P>
<P>Others there be al&s;o, which diligently fill and &s;top up their holes with the red Okare or Ruddell, and juice of the wild Cucumber, or &s;ow the &s;eeds of
<PB N="32" REF="94"> <HI>Palma Chri&s;ti,</HI> being a kind of <HI>Satyrion,</HI> in beds, through which they will not after ca&s;t up, nor tarry thereabout.</P>
<P>But &s;ome exerci&s;e this ea&s;ie practi&s;e, in taking a live Mole, and burning the pouder of brim&s;tone a|bout him, being in a deep earthen pot, through which he is procured to cry, all others in the meane time as they report, are moved to re&s;ort thither.</P>
<P>There are &s;ome be&s;ides, which lay &s;ilke &s;nares at the mouth of their holes.</P>
<P>To the &s;imple Husbandmen may this ea&s;ie pra|cti&s;e of no co&s;t &s;uffice, in &s;etting downe into the earth, a &s;tiffe rod or green branch of the Elder tree.</P>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="diagrams for garden designs">
<PB N="33" REF="94">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of a man attaching a graft to a tree-stump, with two nearby trees already grafted</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="34" REF="95">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>depiction of gardening tools or instruments including sickles, saws, trowels, a hammer and a file</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="35" REF="95">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Direction to &s;et or lay your lines or thread to make or draw a &s;imple Knot, without a border.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<P>You mu&s;t leave your Lines as they be fir&s;t &s;et, untill your Knet be altogether fini&s;hed or done.</P>
<PB N="36" REF="96">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>The Manner or Ordering to &s;et the thread or line upon another manner of Knot.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="37" REF="96">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Direction to fa&s;ten your Lines to make another manner of Knot.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="38" REF="97">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A plaine Knot without Lines.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="39" REF="97">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A plaine Knot without Lines.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="40" REF="98">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another plaine Knot without Lines.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="41" REF="98">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="42" REF="99">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="43" REF="99">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="44" REF="100">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="45" REF="100">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="46" REF="101">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>Another.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="47" REF="101">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme planner</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Direction to fa&s;ten Cords or Lines to draw a Knot with a Border; as al&s;o to make a Border of Beds parted in the mid&s;t.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="48" REF="102">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Direction of the Cords fa&s;tned upon the Border, with a Knot in the mid&s;t.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="49" REF="102">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Border with a Knot in the mid&s;t thereof.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="50" REF="103">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Border or Knot divided or parted, con|taining five &s;mall Knots.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="51" REF="103">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>The forme of the Lines &s;et upon the Knot, who&s;e Squares or Beds are parted.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="52" REF="104">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Border of Beds or Squares parted; and the mid&s;t thereof.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="53" REF="104">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme</FIGDESC>
<HEAD>A Maze.</HEAD>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB N="54" REF="105">
<P><FIGURE>
<FIGDESC>diagram of a planting scheme including a pond with fish</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="105" MS="y">
<P><HI>The Art of</HI> ANGLING. WHEREIN Are di&s;covered many rare Secrets, very nece&s;&s;ary to be knowne by all that delight in that Recreation.</P>
<P><HI>LONDON,</HI> Printed in the Yeare 1653.</P>
<PB REF="106">
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="text">
<PB N="1" REF="106">
<HEAD>The Art of Angling.</HEAD>
<P>_REader: I will complement, and put a ca&s;e to you. I met with a man, and upon our Di&s;cour&s;e he fell out with me: this man having a good wea|pon, having neither wit, &s;tomack, nor skill; I &s;ay this man may come home by <HI>Totnam-high-Cro&s;s,</HI> and cau&s;e the Clerk to tole his knell: It is the very like ca&s;e with the Gentleman Angler that goeth to the River for his plea&s;ure: this Ang|ler hath neither judgement, knowledge, nor experi|ence; he may come home light laden at his plea&s;ure.</P>
<P>A man that goeth to the River for his plea&s;ure, mu&s;t under&s;tand, when he commeth there, to &s;et forth his Tackles. The fir&s;t thing he mu&s;t do, is to ob&s;erve the Sun, the Wind, the Moon, the Starres, and the Wanes of the Air; to &s;et forth his Tackles according to the times and &s;ea&s;ons; to goe for his plea&s;ure, and &s;ome profit.</P>
<P>As for example, the Sun proves cloudy; then mu&s;t he &s;et forth either his ground Bait or Tackles, and of the brighte&s;t of his Flies. If the Sun prove bright, then mu&s;t he put on &s;ome of the darke&s;t of his flies. Thus mu&s;t you goe to work with your Flies, light for darkne&s;s, and dark for lightne&s;s, with the wind in the South, then that blows the Flie in the Trouts mouth. Though I &s;et down the wind being in the South, if the weather be warm, I am indifferent where the wind &s;tandeth, either with ground Bait
<PB N="2" REF="107"> or Menow, &s;o that I can ca&s;t my Bait into the Ri|ver. The very &s;ame ob&s;ervations is for night, as for day: For if the Moon prove cleer, or if the Stars glitter in the skie, there is as ill Angling that night, as if it were at high noon in the mid&s;t of Summer, when the Sun &s;hineth at the brighte&s;t, wherein there is no hopes of plea&s;ure.</P>
<P>I will begin to Angle for the Trout, with the ground Baits with this quality.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t thing you mu&s;t gaine, mu&s;t be a neat taper Rod, light before, with a tender hazell top, which is very gentle. If you de&s;ire to attain my way of Angling, (for I have Angled the&s;e forty years) with a &s;ingle haire of five lengths, one tied to ano|ther for the bottom of my Line, and a Line of three haired links for the uppermo&s;t part; &amp; &s;o you may kill the greate&s;t Trout that &s;wims, with Sea-room.</P>
<P>He that Angles with a Line made of three haired links at the bottom, and more at the top, may kill Fi&s;h: but he that Angles with one hair &s;hall kill five Trouts to the others one; for the Trout is very quick &s;ighted; therefore the be&s;t way for night or day, is to keep out of the &s;ight. You mu&s;t Angle al|wayes with the point of your Rod downe the &s;tream; for a Fi&s;h hath not the quickne&s;s of &s;ight &s;o perfect up the &s;tream, as oppo&s;ite again&s;t him, ob|&s;erving &s;ea&s;onable times; as for example, we begin to Angle in <HI>March;</HI> If it prove cloudie, you may Angle with the ground Baits all day long: but if it prove bright and cleere, you mu&s;t take the mor|ning and evening, or el&s;e you are not like to do any good; &s;o the times mu&s;t be ob&s;erved, and truely under&s;tood; for when an Angler commeth to the River for his plea&s;ure that doth not under&s;tand to
<PB N="3" REF="107"> &s;et forth his Tackles fit for the time, it is as good keep them in the bag, as &s;et them forth.</P>
<P>I am determined to Angle with the ground Baits and &s;et my Tackles to my Rod, and go to my plea&s;ure: I be|gin at the uppermo&s;t part of the &s;treame, carrying my Line with an upright hand, feeling the Plummet run|ning on the ground &s;ome ten inches from the hook, plumming my Line according to the &s;wiftne&s;&s;e of the &s;tream you Angle in; for one plummet will not &s;erve for all &s;treams; for the true Angling is that the plum|met runneth on the ground.</P>
<P>For the Bait. The red knotted worme is very good where Brandlins are not to be had, but Brandlins are better: now that you may bring the&s;e Brandlings fit to Angle with, that they may live long on the hook, which cau&s;eth the be&s;t &s;port. When you have gathered your worms out of the dung-hill, you mu&s;t gaine the greene&s;t Mo&s;s you can find, then wa&s;h the earth very clean out of it, then provide an earthen pot, &s;o put your Mo&s;s into the pot, then put the worms to the Mo&s;s into the pot; within two days you &s;hall find your worms &s;o poor, that if you bait &s;ome of them on your hook, you &s;hall &s;ee that with throwing of them two or three times into the water, they will dye and grow white: now the skill is, when the&s;e worms be grown poor, you mu&s;t feed them up to make them fat and lu&s;ty, that they may live long on the hook; that is the chiefe&s;t point.</P>
<P>To make them lu&s;ty and fat, you mu&s;t take the yolke of an Egge, &s;ome eight or ten &s;poonfull of the top of new milk, beaten well together in a Porringer, warm it a little, untill you &s;ee it curdle; then take it off the fire, and &s;et it to coole; when it is cold, take a &s;poonfull and drop it upon your Mo&s;s into the pot, every drop about the bigne&s;&s;e of a green Pea, &s;hifting your Mo&s;s twice in
<PB N="4" REF="108"> the week in the Summer, and once in the winter: thus doing, you &s;hall feed your wormes fat, and make them lu&s;ty, that they will live a long time on the hook; &s;o you may keep them all the year long. This is my true experience for the ground Baits, for the running Line for the Trout.</P>
<P>The Angling with a Menow, called in &s;ome places Pencks for a Trout, is a plea&s;ant &s;port, and killeth the greate&s;t Fi&s;h; be commeth boldly to the Bait, as if it were a Ma&s;tive Dog at a Beare: you may Angle with greater Tackles, and &s;tronger, &amp; be no prejudice to you in your Angling: a Line made of three &s;ilks and three hairs twi&s;ted for the uppermo&s;t part of the Line, and two &s;ilkes and two haires twi&s;ted for the bottome next your hook, with a Swivel nigh the middle of your Line, with an indifferent large hook.</P>
<P>To bait your hook with a Menow, you mu&s;t put your hook through the lowermo&s;t part of his mouth, &s;o draw your hook thorow, then put the hook in at the mouth againe, let the point of the hook come out at the hindmo&s;t Fin, then draw your Line, and the Menowes mouth will clo&s;e, that no water will get into its belly; you mu&s;t alwayes be Angling with the point of your Rod down the &s;tream, with drawing the Menow up the &s;tream by little and little, nigh the top of the water; the Trout &s;eeing the bait, commeth at it mo&s;t fiercely, &s;o give a little time before you &s;trike: This is the true way, without Lead; for many times I have had them come at the Lead and for&s;ake the Menow, &s;o he that tryeth &s;hall prove it in time: let us go to Angling with a Flie, which is a delightfull &s;port.</P>
<P>The Rod mu&s;t be light and tender, if you can fit your &s;elfe with an Hazell, either of one piece or two &s;et together in the mo&s;t convenient manner, light and
<PB N="5" REF="108"> gentle: &s;et your Line to the Rod; for the uppermo&s;t part, you may u&s;e your owne di&s;cretion; for the lower part, next your Flie, mu&s;t be of three or foure haired links. If you can attain to Angle with one haire, you &s;hall have the more ri&s;es, and kill more fi&s;h; be &s;ure you doe not over-load your &s;elf with the length of your Line: before you begin to Angle, make a triall, having the winde in your back, to &s;ee at what length you can ca&s;t your Flie, that the Flie light fir&s;t into the water, and no longer; for if any of the Line falleth into the water before the Flie, it is better unthrowne then throwne: be &s;ure you be ca&s;ting alwayes downe the &s;tream, with the Wind behinde you, and the Sun before; it is a &s;peciall point to have the Sunne and Moon before you; for the very motion of the Rod drives all the plea|&s;ure from you, either by day or night in all your Ang|ings, both for Wormes and Flies; &s;o there mu&s;t bee a great care of that.</P>
<P>Let us begin to Angle in <HI>March</HI> with the Flie: If the weather prove Windie, or Cloudie, there are &s;everall kindes of Palmers that are good for that time.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, a black Palmer ribbed with &s;ilver: the &s;econd, a black Palmer with an Orange-tauny body: thirdly, a black Palmer, with the body made all of black: fourth|ly, a red Palmer ribbed with gold, and a red hackle mixed with Orenge cruel; the&s;e Flies &s;erve all the year long morning and evening, windie and cloudie. Then if the Aire prove bright and cleare, you mu&s;t imitate the Hauthorn Flie, which is all black and very &s;mall, and the &s;maller the better. In <HI>May</HI> take the May-flie: imitate that, which is made &s;everall wayes; &s;ome make them with a &s;hammy body, ribbed with a black haire: another way made with Sandy-Hogges wooll, rib|bed with black &s;ilke, and winged with a Mallards
<PB N="6" REF="109"> feather, according to the fancy of the Angler. There is another called the Oak-Flie, which is made of Orange colour Cruell and black, with a browne wing; imitate that: Another Flie, the body made with the &s;train of a Pea-Cocks feather, which is very good in a bright day: The Gra&s;&s;e-hopper which is green, imitate that; the &s;maller the Flies be made, and of indifferent &s;mall hooks, they are the better; the&s;e &s;orts I have &s;et downe, will &s;erve all the year long, ob&s;erving the times and &s;ea|&s;ons: Note, the lighte&s;t of your Flies for cloudy and darkne&s;&s;e, and the darke&s;t of your Flies for lightne&s;&s;e, and the re&s;t for indifferent times; that a mans owne Judgement, with &s;ome experience and di&s;cretion mu&s;t guide him: If he mean to kill Fi&s;h, he mu&s;t alter his Flies according to the&s;e directions. Now, of late, I have found, that Hogs-wooll, of &s;everall colours, makes good grounds; and the wooll of a red Heyfer makes a good body: And Bears wool makes a good ground; &s;o I now work much of them, and it procureth very much &s;port.</P>
<P>The naturall Flie is &s;ure Angling, and will kill great &s;tore of Trouts with much plea&s;ure: As for the May-Flie, you &s;hall have them alwayes playing at the River &s;ide, e&s;pecially again&s;t Raine. The Oake-Flie is to bee had on the butt of an Oake, or an A&s;h, from the begin|ning of <HI>May</HI> to the end of <HI>Augu&s;t:</HI> it is a browni&s;h Flie, and &s;tands alwayes with his head towards the root of the tree, very ea&s;ie to be found: The &s;mall black Flie is to be had on every Hawthorn Bu&s;h, after the buds be come forth: Your Gra&s;&s;e-hopper, which is green, is to be had in any Medow of Gra&s;&s;e in <HI>June</HI> or <HI>July:</HI> with the&s;e Flies, you mu&s;t Angle with &s;uch a Rod as you Angle with the ground Bait; the Line mu&s;t not be &s;o long as the Rod: with drawing your flie, as you finde
<PB N="7" REF="109"> convenient in your Angling. When you come to deep waters that &s;tand &s;omewhat &s;till, make your Line &s;ome two yards long, or thereabout, and dop your Flie be|hinde a a Bu&s;h, which Angling I have had good &s;port at; we call it doping.</P>
<P>A Lord lately &s;ent to me at Sun going down, to pro|vide him a good di&s;h of Trouts again&s;t the next mor|ning by &s;ix of the Clock: I went to the door to &s;ee how the wains of the Aire were like to prove, and returned an&s;wer, that I doubted not but to be provided (God willing) at my time appointed. I went pre&s;ently to the River, and it proved very dark; I drew out a Line of three &s;ilkes and three hairs twi&s;ted for the uppermo&s;t part, and a Line of two &s;ilks and two hairs twi&s;ted for the lowermo&s;t part, with a good large hook: I baited my hook with two Lob-worms, the four ends hanging as meet as I could ghe&s;&s;e them in the dark: I fell to Angle; it proved very dark, that I had good &s;port, Ang|ling with the Lob-worms, as I doe with the Flie, at the top of the water; you &s;hall heare the Fi&s;h ri&s;e at the top of the water, then you mu&s;t loo&s;e a &s;lack Line down to the bottome, as nigh as you can ghe&s;&s;e, then hold a &s;traight Line; feeling the Fi&s;h bite, give time, there is no doubt of lo&s;ing the Fi&s;h; for there is not one among twenty, but doth gorge the Bait: the lea&s;t &s;troak you can &s;trike to fa&s;ten the hook, makes the fi&s;h &s;ure, and then you may take the fi&s;h up with your hands: The night began to alter and grew &s;omewhat lighter; I took off the Lob-worms, and &s;et to my Rod a white Palmer Flie, made of a large hook, I had &s;port for the time, till it grew lighter: then I put on my red Palmer, I had &s;port for the time, untill it grew very light; then I &s;et on my black Palmer, had good &s;port, made up my di&s;h of fi&s;h, put up my Ta<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ies, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 span"> at my time appoin|ted for the &s;ervice. For the&s;e <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Flies, with the help
<PB N="8" REF="110"> of the Lob-worms, &s;erve to Angle all the year long, ob|&s;erving the times, as I have &s;hewed in this nights work: a light Flie for darknes, the red Flie <HI>in medio,</HI> and a dark Flie for lightne&s;&s;e: This is my experiment for this kind of Angling, which is the &s;ure&s;t Angling of all, and kil|leth the greate&s;t Fi&s;h: your Lines may be &s;trong, but mu&s;t be no longer then the Rod.</P>
<P>To take a Carp either in Pond or River, if you mean to have &s;port with &s;ome profit, you mu&s;t take a peck of Ale-graines, and a good quantity of any bloud, and mix the bloud and graines together, and ca&s;t it in the places where you meane to Angle; this feed will gather the &s;eale Fi&s;h together, as Carp, Tench, Roach, Dace, and Bream; the next morning be at your &s;port very early, plum your ground: you may Angle for the Carp with a &s;trong Line; the Bait mu&s;t be either a red knot|ted worm, or Pa&s;te: there is no doubt of &s;port.</P>
<P>To take Pearch. The Pearch feeds well, if you light where they be, and bites very free: My opinion is, (with &s;ome experience) to bait with Lob-worms, chopt in pieces over night; &s;o come in the morning be|times, plum your ground, gage your line, bait your hook with a red knotted worme; but I hold a Menow better: put the hook in at the back of the Menow, betwixt the fi&s;h and the skin, that the Menow may &s;wim up and down alive, being boyed up with a Cork or Quill, that the Menow may have liberty to &s;wimme a foot off the the ground: there is no doubt of &s;port with profit.</P>
<P>I will &s;hew, a little, my opinion of floating for &s;cale Fi&s;h in the River or Pond: The feed brings the Fi&s;h to|gether, as the &s;heep to the Pen: There is nothing bet|ter in all your Anglings, for feed, then Bloud and Grains, I hold it better then Pa&s;te: then plumming your ground, Angling with fine Tackles, as &s;ingle haire for
<PB N="9" REF="110"> halfe the Line next the hook, round and &s;mall plumed, according to your float: For the Bait, there is a &s;mall red worm, with a yellow tip on his taile, is very good; Brandlins, Gentles, Pa&s;te, or Cadice, which we call Cod-bait, they lye in a gravelly husk under &s;tones in the River: the&s;e be the &s;peciall Baits for the&s;e kinde of Fi&s;h.</P>
<P>One of my name was the be&s;t Trouler, for a Pike, in this Realme: he laid a wager, that he would take a Pike of four footlong, of Fi&s;h, within the &s;pace of one Moneth, with his Trouling-Rod; &s;o he Trouled three weeks and odde dayes, and took many great Pikes, nigh the length, but did not reach the full length, till within the &s;pace of three dayes of the time; then he took one, and won the wager. The manner of his Trouling was, with a Hazell Rod of twelve foot long, with a Ring of Wyre in the the top of his Rod, for his Line to runne thorow: within two foot of the bottome of the Rod there was a hole made, for to put in a winde, to turne with a barrell, to gather up his Line, and loo&s;e at his plea&s;ure; this was his manner of Trouling: But I will pawn my credit, that I will &s;hew a way, either in Maior, Pond, or River, that &s;hall take more Pikes than any Trouler with his Rod: And thus it is. Fir&s;t, take forked &s;tick, a Line of twelve yards long wound upon it, at the upper end, leave about a yard, either to tye a bunch of Sags, or a Bladder, to Boy up the Fi&s;h, and to carry it from the ground: the Bait mu&s;t be a live Fi&s;h, either Dace, or Gudgin, or Roach, or a &s;mall Trout: the forked &s;tick mu&s;t have a &s;lit in the one &s;ide of the fork to put in the Line, that you may &s;et your live Fi&s;h to &s;wimme at a gage, that when the Pike taketh the Bait, he may have the full liberty of the Line for his feed.</P>
<PB N="10" REF="111">
<P>You may turne the&s;e loo&s;e, either in Pond or River: in the Pond with the winde all day long, the more the better: at night &s;et &s;ome &s;mall weight, as may &s;tay the Boy, as a Ship lyeth at Anchor, till the Fi&s;h taketh. For the River, you mu&s;t turne all loo&s;e with the &s;treame; two or three be &s;ufficient to &s;hew plea&s;ure, gaged at &s;uch a depth as they will go currant downe the River; there is no doubt of &s;port, if there be Pikes: for the hooks, they mu&s;t be doubled hooks, the &s;hanks &s;hould be &s;ome|what &s;horter then ordinary: my rea&s;on is, the &s;horter the hook is of the &s;hank, it will hurt the live Fi&s;h the le&s;&s;e, and mu&s;t be armed with &s;mall wyre well &s;oft|ned; but I hold a hook armed with twi&s;ted &s;ilk to be better, for it will hurt the live Fi&s;h lea&s;t.</P>
<P>If you arm your hook with wyre, the neeld mu&s;t be made with a &s;mall hook at the one end thereof. If you arme with &s;ilke, the neeld mu&s;t be made with an eye: then mu&s;t you take one of tho&s;e Baits alive (which you can get) and with one of your neelds enter within a &s;trawes breadth of the Gill of the Fi&s;h, &s;o put the neeld betwixt the skin and the Fi&s;h; then pull the neeld out at the hindmo&s;t finne, and draw the arming thorow the Fi&s;h, untill the hook come to lye clo&s;e to the Fi&s;hes bodie: But I hold for tho&s;e that be armed with wyre to take off the hook, and put the neeld in the hindmo&s;t &s;in and &s;o to come forth at the Gill; then put on the hook drawn clo&s;e to the body, 'twill hurt the live F&s;h the le&s;s, &s;o knit the arming with the live Fi&s;h to the Line; then put off either in Maior or Pond, with the winde, in the River with the &s;tream: The more you put off in Maior or Pond, you are like to have the more plea&s;ure: For the River I have &s;hewed you before.</P>
<P>There is a time when Pikes goe a Frogging Ditch|es, and in the River to Sun them, as in May, June and
<PB N="11" REF="111"> July, there is a &s;peedy way to take them, and not to mi&s;&s;e &s;carce one in twenty.</P>
<P>You mu&s;t take a Line of &s;ix or eight foot long, arm a large hook, of the large&s;t &s;ize that is made; arm it to your Line, lead the &s;hank of your hook very hand&s;om, that it may be of &s;uch a weight as you may guide the hook at your plea&s;ure: you may &s;trike the Pike, you &s;ee, with the bare hook where you plea&s;e: this Line and hook doth far exceed &s;naring.</P>
<P>The principall &s;port to take a Pike, is to take a Goo&s;e or Gander, or Duck: take one of the Pike Lines I have &s;hewed you before: tye the Line under the left wing, and over the right wing, about the body, as a man wea|reth his Belt: turne the Goo&s;e off into a Pond, where <HI>Pikes</HI> are, there is no doubt of &s;port, with great plea|&s;ure, betwixt the Goo&s;e and the <HI>Pike:</HI> It is the greate&s;t &s;port and plea&s;ure that a noble Gentleman in <HI>Shrop&s;hire</HI> doth give his friends entertainment with.</P>
<P>The way to make the be&s;t pa&s;te is, Take a rea&s;onable quantity of fre&s;h Butter, as much fre&s;h &s;heeps Suet, a rea|&s;onable quantity of the &s;tronge&s;t Chee&s;e you can get, with the &s;oft of an old &s;tale white loafe; beat all this in a Morter till it come to perfect pa&s;te; put as much on your hook as a green pea&s;e.</P>
<P>There are many wayes to take Eeles: I will &s;hew you a good way to take a di&s;h of Eeles. When you &s;tay a night or two Angling, take four or five Lines, &s;uch as be laid for <HI>Pikes,</HI> of fourteen or fifteen yards long, and at every two yards make a noo&s;e, to hang a hook armed either to double thred, or &s;ilk twi&s;t; for it is better then wyre: Bait your Hooks with Millors-thumbs, Loaches, Menowes, or Gudgins: tye to every noo&s;e a Line bai|ted: the&s;e Lines mu&s;t be laid cro&s;&s;e the River in the dee|pe&s;t places, either with &s;tones, or pegged, &s;o the Line lie
<PB N="12" REF="112"> in the bottome of the river, there is no doubt of taking a di&s;h of Eeles; you mu&s;t have a &s;mall neeld with an eye, to bait your hooks.</P>
<P>Now to &s;hew how to make Flies: learn to make two Flies, and make all: that is, the Palmer ribbed with &s;il|ver or gold, and the May-flie: the&s;e are the ground of all Flies.</P>
<P>We will begin to make the Palmer Flie: You mu&s;t arme your Line on the in&s;ide of the hook; take your Sci&s;ers, and cut &s;o much of the brown of the Mallards feather, as in your owne rea&s;on &s;hall make the wings, then lay the outmo&s;t part of the feather next the hook, and the point of the feather towards the &s;hanke of the hook, then whip it three or four times about the hook with the &s;ame &s;ilk you armed the hook: then make your &s;ilk fa&s;t: then you mu&s;t take the hackle of the neck of a Cock or Capon, or a Plovers top, which is the be&s;t, take off the one &s;ide of the feather, then you mu&s;t take the hackle &s;ilk, or cruell, gold or &s;ilver thred; make all the&s;e fa&s;t at the bent of the hook, then you mu&s;t begin with Cruell, and Silver, or Gold, and work it up to the wings, every bout &s;hifting your fingers, and making a &s;top, then the gold will fall right, then make fa&s;t: then worke up the hackle to the &s;ame place, then make the hackle fa&s;t: then you mu&s;t take the hook betwixt your finger and thumb, in the left hand, with a neeld or pin, part the wings in two: then with the arming &s;ilk, as you have fa&s;tned all hitherto, whip about as it falleth cro&s;&s;e be|twixt the wings, then with your thumb you mu&s;t turne the point of the feather towards the bent of the hook, then work three or four times about the &s;hank, &s;o fa|&s;ten, then view the proportion.</P>
<P>For the other Flies: If you make the grounds of Hogs-wooll, &s;andy, black, or white; or the wooll of a
<PB N="13" REF="112"> Bear, or of a two year old red Bullock: you mu&s;t work al the&s;e grounds upon a waxed &s;ilk, then you mu&s;t arm and &s;et on the wings, as I have &s;hewed before: For the May-flie, you work the body with &s;ome of the&s;e grounds, which is very good, ribbed with a black hair; you may work the body with Cruels, imitating the Colour, or with Silver, with &s;uiting the wings. For the Oak-flie, you mu&s;t make him with Orange-tauny and black, for the body, and the brown of the Mallards feather for the wings. If you do after my directions, they will kill fi&s;h, ob&s;erving the times fitting, and follow my former Di|rections.</P>
<P>If any worthy or hone&s;t Angler cannot hit of the&s;e my Directions, let him come to me, he &s;hall read and I will work, he &s;hall &s;ee all things done according to my fore&s;aid Directions: So I conclude for the Flie, having &s;hewed you my true Experiments, with the Rod, I will &s;et all labouring &s;ports a&s;ide:</P>
<P>And now I am waiting on my Lord with a great Di&s;h of Trouts, who meeting with company, commanded me to turne Scullion, and dre&s;&s;e a Dinner of the Trouts wee had taken: whereupon I gave my Lord this Bill of fare, which I did furni&s;h his Table with, according as it was furni&s;hed with fle&s;h. Trouts in broth, which is re&s;tora|tive: Trouts broyled, cut and filled with &s;weet Herbes chopt: Trouts calvored hot with Antchovaes &s;auce: Trouts boyled; out of which Kettle I make three Di&s;hes; the one for a Sou&s;ed Di&s;h, another for a Stew'd Di&s;h, the third for a hot Di&s;h: the Sauce is Butter, Vinegar, beaten Cinamon, with the juyce of a Lemmon, beaten very well together, that the Sauce is white and thick, or el&s;e it is no Sauce for a great mans Table: Trouts fryed, which mu&s;t be done, and not put into the Pan, untill the Suet boyle very high, and kept with &s;tirring all the time
<PB N="14" REF="113"> they are frying, being flowr'd fir&s;t. Trouts &s;tew'd: Trouts clo&s;e, boyled with the calvored Trouts, all in one Ket|tle and the &s;ame liquor: Trouts butter'd with Egs: Trouts roa&s;ted: Trouts baked: the&s;e are for the fir&s;t cour&s;e, before the Salt.</P>
<P>And the&s;e are for the latter cour&s;e. Trouts calvored cold: Trouts flat cold: Baked Trouts: Trouts maril|led, that will eat perfect and &s;weet three moneths in the heat of Summer: if I did &s;ay, for the whole year about, I would make it good.</P>
<P>For the dre&s;&s;ing of four or five of the Di&s;hes, I will &s;hew you how I did perform them.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, I will &s;hew you for the boyling and calvoring, that &s;erves for hot and cold, for fir&s;t and latter cour&s;e.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, you mu&s;t draw out the Intrails of the fi&s;h, cut|ting the fi&s;h two or three times in the back; lay them in a Tray or Platter, put &s;ome Vinegar upon them; you &s;hall &s;ee the fi&s;h turn &s;anguine, if they be new, pre&s;ently: you mu&s;t put &s;o much water in the Kettle as you thinke will cover them, with a pint of Vinegar, a handfull of Salt, &s;ome Ro&s;emary and Thyme and &s;weet Marjoram tyed in a bunch: then you mu&s;t make this liquor boyle with a fierce fire made of wood: when the liquor hath boyled very well, put in your fi&s;h by one and one, keep|ing your liquor alwayes boyling, untill you have put all in: having provided a cover for your Kettle, &s;o put on the cover: you mu&s;t have a paire of Bellowes to blow up the fire with &s;peed, that the liquor may boyle up to the top of the Kettle; &s;o the fierce boiling will make the Fi&s;h to calvor: provided, the fi&s;h be new killed: you may let them boile nigh a quarter of an hour; when they are cold, you may put them in a Tray or earthen Pan, untill you have occa&s;ion to u&s;e them: be &s;ure they lie covered.</P>
<PB N="15" REF="113">
<P>For your &s;tewed Trouts, you mu&s;t cut them on the &s;ide, as for broiling: there are divers wayes of &s;tewing; the Engli&s;h hath one way, the French hath another way, the Italian hath another way: I may &s;peak this; for I have been admitted into the Kitchins, to furni&s;h men of mo&s;t Nations, when they have been in England.</P>
<P>We will begin with the Engli&s;h: He broyleth fir&s;t upon a Charcoale fire: the fir&s;t thing that you mu&s;t have a care of is, when your Grid-iron is hot you mu&s;t coole it with ruff Suet, then the skin of your Fi&s;h will not break, with care of turning them: when they are nigh broyled, take them off the Grid-iron; &s;et on a Cha|fing-dish of coals in a Stew-pan, or Dish; put in a good quantity of fresh Butter, &s;o much Vinegar as will give the relish, a penny-worth of beaten Cinamon; then put in your broyled fish, and let them &s;tew, about halfe an houre will be &s;ufficient, being turned: adorn your Dish with Sippets, take the fish out of the &s;tew-pan, lay them for the &s;ervice, be &s;ure to &s;quea&s;e a Lemmon on them: I will warrant them good victuall.</P>
<P>The Italian he &s;tewes upon a Chafing-dish of coals, with white-Wine, Cloves, and Mace, Nutmegs &s;liced, a little Ginger: you mu&s;t under&s;tand when this fish is &s;tewed, the &s;ame liquor that the fish is &s;tewed in, mu&s;t be beaten with &s;ome Butter and the juyce of a Lemmon, be|fore it is dish'd for the &s;ervice. The French doe add to this a &s;lice or two of Bacon.</P>
<P>I will &s;hew you the way to marrionate a Trout or o|ther fish, that will keep a quarter of a yeare in Sum|mer, which is the Italians rare&s;t Dish for fresh fish, and will eat perfect and &s;weet.</P>
<P>You mu&s;t take out the Intrailes as you doe of other fish, and cut them a-cro&s;&s;e the &s;ides, as you do to broyle, washed clean, dried with a cloth, lay themupon a Tray
<PB N="16" REF="114"> or board, &s;prinkle a little &s;alt on them, and flowre them as to frie them, &s;o take your Frying-pan with &s;o much Suet, when it is melted, as the Fi&s;h may lye to the mid-&s;ide in the liquor, and &s;o fry them; and every time you turn them, flower them againe, untill you finde the fi&s;h fryed &s;ufficient: when you think the fi&s;h is fryed, take it out of the Pan, and lay it upon &s;ome thing, that the liquor may draine out of it; when the fi&s;h is cold, you may reare it an end.</P>
<P>You mu&s;t have a clo&s;e Ve&s;&s;ell to keep this fi&s;h and li|quor in, that no winde comes in, according to the quan|tity you make triall of.</P>
<P>For the Liquor. Fir&s;t, you mu&s;t take halfe Claret-Wine, the other halfe Vinegar, two or three Bay-leaves, &s;o much Saffron as a Nut tyed in a cloth, with &s;ome Cloves and large Mace, &s;ome Nutmeg &s;liced; boile all the&s;e together very well; when the liquor is cold, and the fi&s;h cold, put the fi&s;h and liquor into the clo&s;e Ve&s;|&s;ell, with three or four Lemmons &s;liced among the fish; make all cl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;e that no winde can get into the Ve&s;&s;ell; after eight or ten days you may begin to eat of this fish; the Sauce mu&s;t <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e &s;ome of the &s;ame liquor, with &s;ome of a &s;liced Lemmon.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="recipe">
<HEAD>To dre&s;&s;e a Pike.</HEAD>
<P>When the <HI>Pike</HI> cometh into the Kitchin, kill it; then take a handfull of Salt, with water, and rub the fish ve|ry well to take the &s;lime off, draw out the Intrailes; wash the <HI>Pike</HI> cleane, put a handfull of <HI>Salt</HI> in the Pikes Belly; then take &s;o much water, with a pinte of Vine|gar: if the <HI>Pike</HI> be any thing large, you mu&s;t put in at lea&s;t three handfull of Salt, with a bunch of Ro&s;emary, Thyme, and &s;weet Marjoram, and two or three green
<PB N="17" REF="114"> Onyons; boyle your liquor very well with a high fire made of wood; then put in your <HI>Pike,</HI> cover your Kettle, with your Bellows keep your Kettle boiling verie high for the &s;pace of halfe an houre or thereabouts: a <HI>Pike</HI> asketh great boiling: for the Sauce, it is &s;weet Butter well beaten with &s;ome of the top of the &s;ame liquor, with two or three Antchovaes, the skin taken off, and the bones taken out, a little Vinegar, &s;o garnish your Dish: when your <HI>Pike</HI> is Dished, take the juyce of a Lemmon and put on the top of the fish: there is no doubt but it is good victuall.</P>
<P>I could &s;et downe as many wayes to dre&s;s Eeles, as would furni&s;h a Lords Table: but I will relate but one.</P>
<P>Take off the skinne whole, till you come within two inches of the taile, beginning at the head: take out the Intrailes, wa&s;h the Eele cleane, drie it with a cloth, &s;cotch it all along both the &s;ides; take &s;ome Pepper and Salt, mixe them together, rub the Eele well with the Pepper, and Salt; draw the skinne on againe whole; tye the skinne about the head with a little thred lapped round, broyled on a Charcoale fire, let your Grid-iron be hot, rub your Grid iron with &s;ome ruffe Suet; the skinne will not burne; this is good; but take the skin off, and &s;tew the Eele betwixt two Di|&s;hes, on a Chafing-di&s;h of Coals, with &s;weet Butter, Vi|negar, and beaten Cinnamon, they will be better.</P>
<P>The boyling of a Carp is the very &s;ame way as I have &s;hewed for the Trout, the &s;cales on: no better Sauce can be made then the Antchovaes Sauce. The high boyling is the way for all fre&s;h-water Fish: I have &s;erved &s;even times &s;even years, to &s;ee the experiment.</P>
<P>If there be any Gentleman that liveth adjoyning to a River &s;ide, where Trouts are; I will &s;hew the way to bring them to feed, that he may &s;ee them at his plea&s;ure;
<PB N="18" REF="115"> and to bring &s;tore to the place. Gather great Garden-Wormes, the quantity of a pinte, or a quart, chop them in pieces, and throw them where you intend to have your plea&s;ure; with feeding often, there is no doubt of their comming; they will come as Sheep to the Pen: you mu&s;t begin to feed with peeces of worms, by hand, by one and one, untill you &s;ee them eat; then you may feed with Liver or Lights, &s;o your de|&s;ire will be effected. And thus I conclude this &s;hort Treati&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
<PB REF="115">
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
</GROUP>
</EEBO>
</ETS>
